Home

Quantum Q1a and Q2 DCC Reference Manual Ver. 4.4.0

1. Mute 64 All See section 1 14 Audio Mute F8 Key None 0 All If this feature is assigned to a function key output pressing the function key does nothing Overhead 92 All Explicitly turns the Overhead Beacon Light On or Beacon Light Off See CV 55 92 x Pop off 12 NFF NFR When triggered Pop Off produces a sound sequence of steam being ejected from the boiler This can happen in any directional state but it is more obvious in Neutral The length of the Pop Off sequence is random Pop Off sounds are produced automatically in Neutral at random intervals so there is no need to assign this feature to a function key output unless you really want to Rear Cab Lights 119 All Explicitly turns the Rear Number Board Lights On or Off See CV 55 118 x Rear Ditch 89 All Explicitly turns the Rear Ditch Lights On or Off Lights See CV 55 88 x Rear Marker 107 All Explicitly turns the Rear Marker Lights On or Off Lights See CV 55 106 x Rear Mars Light 81 All Explicitly turn the Rear Mars Light On or Off See CV 55 80 x Rear Number 103 All Explicitly turns the Rear Number Board Lights On Board Lights or Off See CV 55 102 x Rear Overhead 96 All Explicitly turns the Rear Overhead Beacon Light Beacon Light On or Off See CV 55 96 x Reverse Light 74 All Explicitly turns the Reverse light On or Off See CV 55 73 x Short Air Let off 10 All When triggered Short Air Let off produces an air release
2. Extended Speed Power 28 128 Reversed J Decimal Binary Hex Addressing Tables Conversion speed step Direction Value Value Value 0 00000000 0x0 X 1 00000001 0x1 X 2 00000010 0x2 X X 3 00000011 0x3 X 4 00000100 0x4 X X 5 00000101 0x5 X X 6 00000110 0x6 X X X 7 00000111 0x7 X 16 00010000 0x10 X X 17 00010001 0x11 X X 18 00010010 0x12 X X X 19 00010011 0x13 X X 20 00010100 0x14 X X X 21 00010101 0x15 X X X 22 00010110 0x16 X X X X 23 00010111 0x17 X 32 00100000 0x20 X X 33 00100001 0x21 X X 34 00100010 0x22 X X X 35 00100011 0x23 X X 36 00100100 0x24 X X X 37 00100101 0x25 X X X 38 00100110 0x26 X X X X 39 00100111 0x27 X X 48 00110000 0x30 X X X 49 00110001 0x31 X X X 50 00110010 0x32 X X X X 51 00110011 0x33 X X X 52 00110100 0x34 X X X X 53 00110101 0x35 X X X X 54 00110110 0x36 X X X X X 55 00110111 0x37 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 53 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 CV s 33 46 Output Locations 4 1 Overview The NMRA standard currently provides for fourteen Function Inputs which are transmitted to the locomotive decoder to control different Outputs These fourteen Function Inputs are generally operated by thirteen Function Keys FL F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 and F12 on the command station or the hand held throttle The FLI Function Key can produce two different Function Inputs called FL r and FL f depending on the direction of the loco
3. Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Reverse Forward Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 118 1 Feature 118 has precedence over Feature 119 When the Feature 118 function state is 1 the Feature 119 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 118 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The rear cab lights intensity changes in response to Feature 119 function key presses Feature 119 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 118 has precedence over Feature 119 If the Feature 118 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 118 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 194 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 16 1 CV 55 118 0 Rear Cab Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Cab Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 118 0 Rear Cab Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 119 118 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Rear Cab Lights Activate Feature 118 f
4. Write 2 to CV 49 to specify the Primary Index for Special Sound Effects Enable Set data in Bit 0 as follows 0 Horn triggered Doppler effect is disabled 1 Horn triggered Doppler effect is enabled Default If Horn Triggered Doppler is enabled you can obtain a Doppler effect by first blowing the Horn for a least one second Any time thereafter briefly interrupt the horn signal by releasing the function key and reapplying to produce the Doppler effect Set data in Bit 1 as follows 0 Coded Horn triggered Gas Turbine Start Up is disabled 1 Coded Horn triggered Gas Turbine Start Up is enabled Default If Coded Horn triggered Gas Turbine Start Up is enabled then 4 short horn blasts in neutral will cause the Gas Turbine decoder to transition from Diesel to Turbine operation or from Turbine to Diesel operation Set data in Bit 2 as follows 0 Alternate Horn Selection Feedback is disabled 1 Alternate Horn Selection Feedback is enabled Default If Alternate Horn Selection Feedback is enabled then the newly selected Horn sounds a short hoot when it is selected Only certain models have an Alternate Horn Set data in Bit 3 as follows 0 Heavy Load On Off Feedback is disabled 1 Heavy Load On Off Feedback is enabled Default If Heavy Load On Off Feedback is enabled a single horn hoot is played when Heavy Load is turned on When Heavy Load is turned
5. Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe If the Rear Ditch Lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 158 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 6 CV 55 88 5 Rear Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time Use this CV to specify the number of seconds the Rear Ditch Lights continue to strobe after a horn blast ends Default Value 5 CV 55 88 5 Rear Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Hold Hold Hold Hold Hold Time Time Time Time Time e Default value 00000101 binary 05 hex 5 decimal e Valid values are 0 31 seconds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 159 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 7 CV 55 88 6 Rear Ditch Lights Strobe Period For models with Rear Ditch Lights this CV controls their strobe rate Default Value CV 55 88 6 Rear Ditch Lights Strobe Period 100 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 2 255 Each unit represents 0 01 second A value of 100 represents 1 00 second If the value of this CV is 0 or 1 a period of 0 02 second is used The CV value is the time for one complete strobe cycle of both rear ditch lights to complete In Ops mode with the Rear Ditch Lights
6. 1 0 0 Recommended value of CV 22 for an End Helper Locomotive in a Consist Heavy Load D 5 Number Board SMPH Report Disconnect irectiona irectiona NA MA Gab Lights Lights Status Report Standby Total Lighting Lighting Shut Down N A N A F12 F11 F10 F9 FL r FL f Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 When making up your consist remember to have the directional lighting turned off before you assign zeros for bits 0 and 1 Otherwise the directional lighting will be on with no way to turn them off with the FL r or FL f keys The above selections for directional lighting for locomotives in a consist are not ideal for the following reasons 1 You may not want the Lead Locomotive to have an operating Directional Reverse Light since it would only illuminate the locomotive behind it and not the track The simplest way to have the reverse light off in all motive states is to set CV55 73 1 to 0 2 You may want the End Helper to have an operational reverse facing light which may be either the End Helper s Reverse Light or Headlight depending on the locomotive s direction within the consist If the End Helper is facing Forward set CV55 70 1 to 0 CV55 73 1 to 32 and set bit O and bit 1 in CV 22 to 1 If the End Helper is facing Backwards set CV55 70 1 to 86 CV55 73 1 to 0 and set bit 0 and bit 1 in CV 22 to 1 With th
7. Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Page 121 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 4 CV 55 76 3 Automatic Mars Light REV Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in reverse Default Value 1 CV 55 76 3 Automatic Mars Light REV Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the mars light intensity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Page 122 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 5 CV 55 76 4 Automatic Mars Light NFR Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in neutral from reverse Default Value 1 CV 55 76 4 Automatic Mars Light NFR Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the mars light intensity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0
8. Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000110 binary 06 hex 6 decimal bright strobe with horn e Bits 0 and 1 specify the Rear Ditch Lights intensity e If bit 2 1 the Rear Ditch Lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in Rear Ditch Lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe If the Rear Ditch Lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 157 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 5 CV 55 88 4 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights NFR Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Rear Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in neutral from reverse Default Value 0 CV 55 88 4 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights NFR Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal off e Bits 0 and 1 specify the Rear Ditch Lights intensity e If bit 2 1 the Rear Ditch Lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in Rear Ditch Lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows
9. e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Rear Mars Light Activate Feature 80 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Mars Light On Feature 81 function e Bit 2 is the initial state of the Rear Mars Light Dim Feature 82 function e Bit 3 is the initial state of the Rear Mars Light Strobe Feature 83 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 80 81 82 and 83 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 80 81 82 and 83 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 131 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 2 CV 55 80 1 Automatic Rear Mars Light FWD Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Rear Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in forward Default Value 1 CV 55 80 1 Automatic Rear Mars Light FWD Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the Rear Mars Light intensity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Page 132 of 257
10. Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Page 123 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 6 CV 55 76 6 Mars Light Strobe Period For models with a Mars Light this CV controls its strobe rate Default Value 100 CV 55 76 6 Mars Light Strobe Period Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 2 255 Each unit represents 0 01 second A value of 100 represents 1 00 second If the value of this CV is 0 or 1 a period of 0 02 second is used e The CV value is the time for one complete strobe cycle to complete e In Ops mode with the Mars Light strobing you can observe the Mars Light strobe rate change as you change the value of CV 55 76 6 105 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 124 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 7 CV 55 76 10 Mars Light Dim Intensity For models with a Mars Light this CV controls its dim intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 76 10 Mars Light Dim Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The default value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Mars Light dimmed you can observe the Mars Lig
11. Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe If the Rear Ditch Lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 155 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 3 CV 55 88 2 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights NFF Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Rear Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in neutral from forward Default Value 0 CV 55 88 2 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights NFF Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal off e Bits 0 and 1 specify the Rear Ditch Lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe e If bit 2 1 the Rear Ditch Lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in Rear Ditch Lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the Rear Ditch Lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 156 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 4 CV 55 88 3 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights REV Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Rear Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in reverse Default Value 6 CV 55 88 3 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights REV Configuration
12. Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 97 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 6 1 QSI Feature Identification Numbersused with CV 53 The following table lists the QSI Features that may be assigned to function key outputs The third column shows the directional states All Forward Reverse Neutral for which the feature may be assigned to an output Some features like Blower Hiss or Mute apply to all states some features like Doppler and Squealing Brakes only apply to a moving locomotive some features like Pop off or Blow Down only apply to Neutral The Quantum System allows you to assign say Squealing Brakes to Output 7 in Neutral but when the F5 Key is pressed to activate this feature in Neutral it will produce no effect Feature Feature ID Allowed Comments Directional States Air Brakes 176 FWD REV See section 1 13 Air Brakes F7 in Forward or Reverse Alternate Horn 2 All This selects between the primary warning device Selection be it either Horn or Whistle and an alternate Horn Each time you make a selection you hear a short hoot that identifies the Horn or Whistle selected To disable feedback see CV 51 2 Arm Cylinder 6 NFF NFR Explicitly arms Cylinder Cocks If Cylinder Cocks Cocks are armed Cylinder Cocks sounds play when the locomotive begins moving in FWD REV The Cylinder Cocks sounds automatically terminate after 16 repetitions or when the locomotive reaches a speed greater than 12 smph See CV 51 2
13. 5 7 1 1 CV 55 3 0 Maximum Bell Index This read only CV contains the number of prototypical bell sounds available in your Quantum Decoder Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 3 0 Maximum Bell Index Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e In Service Mode to determine the number of bells available 1 Set CV 49 to 3 2 Set CV 50 to 0 3 Then read back CV 55 e In Ops Mode to determine the number of bells available 1 Set CV 49 to 3 2 Set CV 50 to 0 3 Then set CV 64 to 55 to hear a verbal response Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 104 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 1 2 CV 55 3 1 Bell Select Your Quantum Decoder may have more than one type of prototypical bell sound Use CV 55 3 1 to choose from the available bell sounds 101 1 Default Value CV 55 3 1 Bell Select Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use CV 55 3 0 to determine N the number of prototypical bell sounds available e Set CV 55 3 1 to a number from 0 to N Selection 1 is the original prototypical bell for this model selection 0 is Feedback Bell e f you set CV 55 3 1 to a value larger than N the decoder will revert to O the Feedback Bell e If you set CV 5
14. Applied Motor Drive 0 Original Speed Curve with 20 offset from CV 2 51 Original Speed Curve CV 2 0 0 8 Speed Steps 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 DCC V Start is not related to V Start for Analog Operation Start is not used when Throttle Mode Calibrated Speed Control See CV 5 for more information Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 32 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 3 CV3 Acceleration Rate Sets the value of Inertia under Acceleration Default Value 0 CV 3 Acceleration Rate Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 3 can contain any value between 0 and 255 A value of 0 provides no inertia and gives the fastest response to changes in throttle position e The larger the value of CV 3 the more gradually the locomotive increases speed as the throttle is increased The inertia in seconds speed step is calculated by the formula Acceleration Inertia seconds speed step CV 3 0 896 Number of Speed Steps This inertia is independent of which Number of Speed Steps is in use 14 28 or 128 For the same value of CV 3 it will take the same amount of time to go from a dead stop to full speed for a throttle change from minimum to maximum regardless of the speed step choice The time can vary from a quick response measured in seconds for CV 3 0 to as l
15. Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 59 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 4 CV 35 Output Location for F1 This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by F1 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F1 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F1 00000100 4 CV 35 Output for F1 with Factory Default Features Default Value Coupler Crash Start Up Bakes Hiss Fans Ce ee Bell Lighting Lighting Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 3 is the Bell Therefore by default F1 controls the Bell e You can specify that F1 control any of Outputs 1 2 and 4 8 in addition to or instead of Output 3 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F1 control the following features Bit0 Output 1 Directional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F1 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F1 Bit1 Output 2 Directional Lighting OQ The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F1 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F1 Bit 2 Output 3 Bell OQ The Bell is unaffected by F1 4 The Bell is aff
16. Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 98 of 257 23 Sept 2008 seconds See CV 55 118 x Automatic Rear 88 All When Automatic Rear Ditch Lights is activated Ditch Lights the Rear Ditch Lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 88 x Automatic Rear 106 All When Automatic Rear Marker Lights is activated Marker Lights the Rear Marker Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 108 x Automatic Rear 80 All If Automatic Rear Mars Light is activated the Mars Light Rear Mars Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 80 x Automatic Rear 102 All When Automatic Rear Number Board Lights is Number Board activated Rear Number Board Light intensity Lights changes automatically in response to changes to locomotive s directional state See CV 55 102 x Automatic 73 All When Automatic Reverse Light is activated the Reverse Light Reverse Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes in the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 73 x Bell 3 All When on the bell rings continuously Some bells have both start up and shut down sounds See section 1 7 Horn and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key See also CV 55 3 x Blow down 13 NFF NFR_ Blow Down produces a s
17. e In Ops mode with the Rear Ditch Lights state bright or strobing you can observe the Rear Ditch Lights intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 88 12 6 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 162 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 10 CV 55 88 SI Rear Ditch Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear ditch lights to be bright not strobing in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD want the ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in both FWD and REV Solution Set CV 55 88 1 and CV 55 88 3 to 00000110 binary 06 hex 6 decimal Set CV 55 88 2 and CV 55 88 4 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Example2 want the automatic rear ditch lights to be off in all four motive states But want the rear ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in both FWD and REV Solution Set CV 55 88 1 and CV 55 88 3 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Set CV 55 88 2 and CV 55 88 4 to 0 Example 3 How will the rear ditch lights behave if set CV 55 88 0 to 00011111 binary 1F hex 31 decimal Answer The automatic rear ditch lights are initially activated and the rear ditch lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 88 1 4 settings If the automatic rear ditch lights are deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 89 function state turns the rear ditch lights
18. In Ops mode with the Rear Mars Light strobing you can observe the intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 80 11 HO This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 138 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 9 CV 55 80 12 Rear Mars Light Max Intensity For models with a Rear Mars Light this CV controls its intensity when it s state is bright or strobing Default Value Bit 7 Bit 6 255 CV 55 80 12 Rear Mars Light Max Intensity Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 80 12 to a value greater than the value of CV55 80 13 In Ops mode with the Rear Mars Light bright or strobing you can observe the Rear Mars Light intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 80 12 MI This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 139 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 10 CV 55 80 13 Rear Mars Light Mid Intensity For models with a Rear Mars Light this CV controls the brightness of the secondary strobe pulse Default Value 32 CV 55 80 13 Rear Mars Light Mid Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
19. NMRA DCC Reference Manual for QSI Quantum Q1a and Q2 Equipped Locomotives For Firmware Version 7 23 September 2008 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 2 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Table of Contents Table of Contents 1 Locomotive Operation in DCC 1 1 Getting Started 12 Basic Throttle and Direction Control Locomotive Directional States 13 Throttle Control Modes 15 Function Keys 1 7 Horn Whistle and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key 1 8 Coupler and Coupler Crash Sounds F3 Key 1 9 Sound of Power 1 10 Dynamic Brakes F5 Key 1 11 Doppler Shift F6 in Forward and Reverse 1 11 1 Horn Button Method 1 12 Squealing Brakes and Flanges F7 in Forward or Reverse 1 13 Air Brakes F7 in Forward or Reverse 1 14 Audio Mute F8 Key 1 15 Heavy Load F9 in Forward or Reverse 1 16 Status Report F10 1 17 Alternate Horn Selection F11 1 19 Start Up F in Neutral Start Up from Disconnect Start Up from Standby 3 1 CV 1Primary Address Control Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 3 of 257 1 18 Three Stages of Shut Down Disconnect Standby and Total Shut Down F9 in Neutral 23 Sept 2008 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 4 1 4 2 43 44 45 4 6 47 48 49 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 14 4 15 CV 2 V Start CV 35 Output Location for F1 CV 36 Output Location for F2 CV 37 Output Location for F3 CV 38 Output Location for F4 CV 39 Output Location for F5 CV 40 Output
20. Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 57 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 3 CV 34 Output Location for FL r This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by FL r A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by FL r while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by FL r Default Value 00000011 3 CV 34 Output Location for FL r with Factory Default Features Coupler Crash Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Fi Directional Directional Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupiet fk Horn Whistle Bell Lighting Lighting Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output T 6 5 4 3 2 1 QSI has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Outputs 1 and 2 is the Directional Lighting System Therefore by default FL r controls the Directional Lighting System in Reverse or Neutral from Reverse You can specify that FL r control any of Outputs 3 thru 8 in addition to or instead of Outputs 1 and 2 Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that FL r control the following features Bit0 Output 1 Directional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by FL r 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by FL r Bit1 Output 2 Direc
21. e Press LOCO and enter Short Address to run locomotive Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 242 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Appendix II B Programming a Long Address on North Coast Engineering NCE Select the Loco s Short Address Usually 3 e Press Loco then 3 then ENTER Program On the main the new Long Address e Press the Program button Display reads Program on Main e Press ENTER e Display shows current 003 I D on the display Press ENTER e Press 1 for Address Display shows Set ADDR e Press 1 to set Long Address e Enter four digit address Press Enter Hear CV 18 equals XXXX where XXXX is the four digit address you entered e You are now back in Run Mode Select loco 3 Press ENTER e Once the long address is programmed you must enable the locomotive to use it Enable the Long Address e Press the Program button Display reads Program on Main e Press ENTER e Display shows current 003 I D on the display Press ENTER e Press 3 for Configuration Display shows ENTER NORM 1 REV e Progress through and set each variable until you reach ADDRESS e Enter 1 for LONG address This enables using the long address e Leave Ops Mode Programming by pressing the red Emergency Stop button e Select locomotives long address and operate You are now out of program mode and have completed
22. or optional O The fourth column indicates if this CV is supported by QSI and the fifth column indicates the common default value CV CV Name NMRA QSI Default Comment Supported Value Decimal Primary Address M Y 3 2 V Start R Y 32 This number may change from locomotive to locomotive 3 Acceleration Rate R Y Deceleration Rate R Y 5 V High O Y 1 Either 1 or 0 in this CV will disable V High 6 V Mid O N 7 Manufacturer Version No M Y See CV 56 254 and CV 56 255 for additional information on Quantum Version numbers 8 Manufacturer s ID M Y 113 9 Total PWM Period oO N Not needed with our motor control 10 EMF Feedback Cutout2 O N Not needed with our BEMF detection 11 Packet Time Out Value R Y 1 12 Power Source Conversion O N 13 Analog Mode Function Status O N 14 Reserved by NMRA for future use 15 Reserved by NMRA for future use 16 Reserved by NMRA for future use 17 Extended Address O Y 0 CV 17 and 18 form a paired CV CV 17 must be written first followed by CV 18 18 Extended Address O Y 0 See above 19 Consist Address O Y 0 20 Reserved by NMRA for future use 21 Consist Address Active for F1 F8 O Y 0 22 Consist Address Active for FL and Y F9 F12 23 Acceleration Adjustment O Y 0 24 Deceleration Adjustment O Y 0 25 Speed Table Selection O Y 2 Linear 26 Reserved by NMRA for future use 27 Reserved by NMRA for future use
23. 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F6 4 Horn Whistle is affected by F6 Bit1 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F6 4 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F6 Bit 2 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F6 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F6 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F6 sal Dynamic Brakes are affected by F6 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 68 Write bit operation is supported for CV 40 g q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F6 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F6 69 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 70 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off OQ Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F6 4 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F6 Bit6 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F6 4 Audio Mute is affected by F6 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forwa
24. 01 Binary 00000000 00000001 00000010 00000011 Decimal 64 65 Hex Binary Decimal 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 Binary 10000000 10000001 10000010 10000011 Decimal 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 Hex Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 251 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Appendix VII Rights and Obligations QSIndustries Inc Software License Agreement 1 Grant of License QSIndustries Inc grants you the owner the right to use the software that is included with your Quantum system only with the Quantum equipped locomotive that you purchased 2 Copyright The software is owned by QSiIndustries Inc and is protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provisions Therefore neither you nor anyone else may copy the software 3 Limited Warranty QSI does not offer an explicit Software warranty Check with individual manufacturers on details for Software warranty Proprietary Rights and Obligations The structure and organization of the Software Firmware are the valuable property of QSIndustri
25. 104 Lights Lights 102 100 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal CV 55 138 2 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 Configuration Byte 2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rear Cab Front Cab Lights Lights 118 116 e Default value 11111111 binary FF hex 255 decimal Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 200 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 20 CV 55 154 SI Grade Crossing Horn Signal The Grade Crossing Horn Signal consists of up to 4 horn blasts interspersed with 3 silent periods You can specify the duration of each horn blast and the duration of each silent period to the nearest 0 1 second The default values for CV55 154 0 6 gives a grade crossing signal consisting of An initial horn blast of 3 0 seconds A silent period of 1 5 seconds A horn blast of 3 0 seconds A silent period of 1 5 seconds A horn blast of 1 0 second A silent period of 1 5 seconds A final horn blast of 3 0 seconds To play the grade crossing horn signal use CV53 to assign feature 154 to a function key Then press the function key whenever you want the grade crossing horn signal to play CV 55 154 0 Horn Blast 1 Duration Use this CV to specify the duration of the first horn blast Default Value e Valid values are 0 to 255 If the value of this CV is 0 the horn blast will not be played e The default value of
26. 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 5 CV 55 80 4 Automatic Rear Mars Light NFR Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Rear Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in neutral from reverse Default Value 1 CV 55 80 4 Automatic Rear Mars Light NFR Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the Rear Mars Light intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 135 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 6 CV 55 80 6 Rear Mars Light Strobe Period For models with a Rear Mars Light this CV controls its strobe rate Default Value CV 55 80 6 Rear Mars Light Strobe Period 100 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 2 255 Each unit represents 0 01 second A value of 100 represents 1 00 second If the value of this CV is 0 or 1 a period of 0 02 second is used The CV value is the time for one complete strobe cycle to complete In Ops mode with the Rear Mars Light strobing you can observe the Rear Mars Light strobe rate change as you change the value of C
27. Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The default value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Reverse Light dimmed you can observe the Reverse Light intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 73 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 115 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 4 4 CV 55 73 12 Reverse Light Max Intensity For models with a 256 intensity level Reverse Light this CV controls its intensity when it s state is bright Default Value 255 CV 55 73 12 Reverse Light Max Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Reverse Light state bright you can observe the Reverse Light intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 73 12 104 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 116 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 4 5 CV 55 73 SI Reverse Light Examples Example 1 want the automatic reverse light to be bright in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD Solution Set CV 55 73 1 to 10101010 binary AA hex 170 decimal Example 2 How w
28. CV 5 217 Q lt 0 F aaa 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 Speed Steps V High is not related to V Max for Analog Operation V High is not used when Throttle Mode Calibrated Speed Control Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 35 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Recommendations for specifying speed curves V Start and V High The following is a method we use at QSI to configure a locomotive to match the speed of other locomotives We use Ops mode programming since it lets us change the locomotive s speed characteristics while the locomotive is operating 1 Place your locomotive to be configured call it locomotive A on a fairly large loop of track Place your standard locomotive call it locomotive B that you use as your speed reference on the same loop of track but on the opposite side Each locomotive should have a different ID 2 For both locomotives set CV 56 4 to 0 STC or 1 RTC 3 For both locomotives set CV 29 bit 4 to 1 to enable speed curves 4 Run both locomotives at speed step 1 5 Change locomotive A s CV 2 value until it is moving at the same speed as locomotive B 6 Run both locomotives at full throttle You may have to restrain one of the locomotives if they get too close to each other E Change locomotive A s CV 5 value until Locomotive A is moving at the same speed as Locomotive B Set both locomotives to speed step
29. Speed Step to Scale MPH Scale Factor PI 10 Use this CV to change the mapping of speed step to scale MPH under Calibrated Speed Control CSC Default Value 64 CV 56 10 Speed Step to Scale MPH Scale Factor Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e This CV determines the relationship between speed steps and smph for CSC The content of this CV is interpreted as X 64 which means a CV value of 64 is equivalent to a Scale Factor of 1 0 Some examples are CV 56 10 Scale Factor Slowest possible Fastest possible speed speed at Speed Step 2 at Speed Step 127 32 0x20 0 5 0 5 smph 63 smph 64 0x40 1 0 1 smph 126 smph 128 0x80 2 0 2 smph 252 smph e Change the Scale Factor if you want a more active throttle range for a locomotive under CSC e A Scale Factor less than 1 0 makes sense when the top speed of the locomotive is much less than 126 smph For example suppose a locomotive has a top speed of 60 smph With a Scale Factor of 1 0 all speed steps from 61 through 127 will result in a speed of 60 smph If the Scale Factor is set to 0 5 then the top speed of 60 smph will correspond to speed steps 121 and above e A Scale Factor greater than 1 0 make sense when the top speed of the locomotive is much greater than 126 smph For example suppose a locomotive has a top speed of 200 smph With a Scale Factor of 1 0
30. Strobe Light effect Default Value 4 CV 55 92 11 OHBL Min Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 92 11 to a value less than the value of CV55 92 12 In Ops mode with the Rotary Light effect you can observe the intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 92 11 When the Blinking Light effect is selected this CV is not used When the Strobe Light effect is selected this CV represents the time the light is in its brightest state Each unit represents 0 01 second A value of 4 represents 0 04 second If the value of this CV is 0 or 1 a bright time of 0 02 second is used If the value of this CV is greater than the value of CV56 92 6 a bright time the value of CV56 92 6 is used In Ops mode with the Strobe Light effect you can observe the bright time change as you change the value of CV 55 92 11 H8 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 167 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 9 4 CV 55 92 12 OHBL Max Intensity For models with a 256 intensity level OHBL this CV controls its brightest intensity Default Value 255 CV 55 92 12 OHBL Max Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
31. followed by the Primary Index followed by the new value For example if you set CV 52 8 to 9 the locomotive will respond with the spoken message C V five two point eight equals nine If you write a value to a QSI unique CV that uses a Primary Index and a Secondary index the locomotive announces the CV number followed by the Primary Index followed by the Secondary Index followed by the new value For example if you set CV 53 12 0 to 104 the locomotive will respond with the spoken message C V five three point one two point zero equals one zero four If you hear a verbal response like C V three one but not followed by equals and a value that means that the CV in this case CV 31 is not implemented Note During the time a Programming Verbal Acknowledgement is playing all incoming DCC packets are ignored If your DCC controller attempts to program several CV s at a time the second third etc CV s may not be programmed You should disable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement when using this kind of controller e Bit 2 CV Numeric Readout Control 0 announce both the CV number and the CV value default 1 announce only the CV value This bit is used to specify whether or not the decoder announces the CV number as well as the CV value for a CV64 operation For example suppose the value of CV2 is 32 If this bit were O and you wrote 2 to CV64 you would hear C V two equals thre
32. 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 63 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 64 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire OQ The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F3 4 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F3 Bit5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans OQ Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F3 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F3 Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F3 ii Dynamic Brakes are affected by F3 Bit7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F3 gi Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F3 Example Change F3 to Bell Operation Output 3 and change F1 to Coupler Sounds Output 5 Output 3 is set to Bell by default Output 5 is set to Coupler Sounds by default Set CV 37 F3 to 4 bit 2 output 3 Bell Set CV 35 F1 to 16 bit 4 output 5 Coupler Sounds After these changes F3 will activate the bell and F1 will activate Coupler Sounds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 65 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 7 CV 38 Output Location for F4 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F4 A 1 in a bit
33. 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 3 CV 55 80 2 Automatic Rear Mars Light NFF Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Rear Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in neutral from forward Default Value 1 CV 55 80 2 Automatic Rear Mars Light NFF Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the Rear Mars Light intensity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Page 133 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 4 CV 55 80 3 Automatic Rear Mars Light REV Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Rear Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in reverse Default Value 3 CV 55 80 3 Automatic Rear Mars Light REV Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal strobe e Bits 0 and 1 specify the Rear Mars Light intensity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Page 134 of 257
34. 257 23 Sept 2008 4 8 CV 39 Output Location for F5 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F5 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F5 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F5 00001000 8 CV 39 Output Location for F5 Register with Factory Default Features Default Value Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mut Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower c p ler Fi Standby Total ug Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Baier ee Horn Whistle Shut Down Cocks Long Coupler Arm Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 7 is Dynamic Brakes Therefore by default F5 controls the Dynamic Brake Sounds e You can specify that F5 control any of Outputs 4 6 and 8 11 in addition to or instead of Output 7 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F5 control the following features BitO Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F5 4 Horn Whistle is affected by F5 Bit1 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F5 4 The Coup
35. 28 Reserved by NMRA for future use 29 Configuration Data 1 M Y 6 28 speed step mode Power Source Conversion enabled 30 Error Information O N May be used in the future but not currently needed 31 Configuration Data 2 O N Reserved by NMRA for future use 32 Configuration Data 3 O N Reserved by NMRA for future use 33 Output Location for FL f O Y 1 By default set to directional lighting 34 Output Location for FL r O Y 3 By default set to directional lighting 35 Output Location for F1 O Y 4 By default set to bell output 36 Output Location for F2 O Y 8 By default set to whistle output 31 Changes are not allowed The PWM is already optimized for Quantum equipped locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 26 of 257 23 Sept 2008 37 Output Location for F3 O Y 16 By default set to coupler sounds output 38 Output Location for F4 O Y 4 By default set to Cooling Fans output 39 Output Location for F5 O Y 8 By default set to Dynamic Brakes output 40 Output Location for F6 O Y 16 By default set to Doppler output 41 Output Location for F7 O Y 32 By default set to Air Brakes output 42 Output Location for F8 O Y 64 By default set to Mute output 43 Output Location for F9 O Y 16 By default set to Heavy Load output 44 Output Location for F10 O Y 32 By default set to Status Report output 45 Output Location for F11 O Y
36. 30 represents 3 0 seconds CV 55 154 1 Silent Period 1 Duration Use this CV to specify the duration of the first silent period Default Value 15 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 to 255 e The default value of 15 represents 1 5 seconds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 201 of 257 23 Sept 2008 CV 55 154 2 Horn Blast 2 Duration Use this CV to specify the duration of the second horn blast Default Value e Valid values are 0 to 255 If the value of this CV is 0 the horn blast will not be played e The default value of 30 represents 3 0 seconds CV 55 154 3 Silent Period 2 Duration Use this CV to specify the duration of the second silent period Default Value 15 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 to 255 e The default value of 15 represents 1 5 seconds CV 55 154 4 Horn Blast 3 Duration Use this CV to specify the duration of the third horn blast Default Value 10 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 to 255 If the value of this CV is 0 the horn blast will not be played e The default value of 10 represents 1 0 seconds Quantum DCC Ref
37. 4 0 Page 78 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F10 4 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F10 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F10 q Audio Mute is affected by F10 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down o Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F10 4 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F10 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Output 12 Speed Report Status Report 0 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F10 oo he Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F10 Output 13 Number Board Lights 0 Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are unaffected by F10 4 Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are affected by F10 Output 14 Cab Lights 0 Cab Lights are unaffected by F10 al Cab Lights are affected by F10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver
38. 4 0 Set CV 49 to 129 decimal 10000001 0x81 Set CV 50 to 17 decimal 00010001 0x11 Set CV 56 to 212 decimal 11010100 0xD4 which is the MSB for your address you will hear no verbal feedback Set CV 50 to 18 decimal 00010010 0x12 Set CV 56 to 224 decimal 11100000 OxE0 which is the LSB for your address Hear CV one seven equals five three four four Set CV 29 to 34 decimal 00100010 0x22 for Extended Address Enable and 28 128 Speed Step Page 227 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 12CV 56 254 About Quantum Decoder PI 254 Use this CV in Service Mode to read back information about your Quantum locomotive Use CV 50 to select among the data bytes to retrieve Default Value NA Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Information from this CV is retrieved in Service Mode as a response to VERIFY_BYTE or VERIFY_BIT operations e To select which byte of information to retrieve write data to CV 50 as follows 2 Retrieve Hardware Profile High Byte 3 Retrieve Hardware Profile Low Byte 4 Retrieve Product Model High Byte 5 Retrieve Product Model Low Byte 6 Retrieve Firmware Minor Version Number 8 Retrieve Firmware Build Number 10 Retrieve Firmware Build Date Month 1 12 11 Retrieve Firmware Build Date Day 1 31 12 Retrieve Firmware Build Dat
39. 4 4 0 Page 79 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 14 CV 45 Output Location for F11 This CV specifies whether outputs 7 thru 14 are controlled by F11 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F11 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F11 01000000 64 CV 45 Output Location for F11 Register with Factory Default Features Default Value Squealing Alternate Horn Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Cab Lights Selection SMPH Report Disconnect Mut Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic is Number Board Status Report Standby Total gie Cylinder Start Up Brakes Lights Shut Down Cocks Long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 T e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 13 is Number Board Lights Therefore F11 controls Number Board Lights e You can specify that F11 control any of Outputs 7 12 and 14 in addition to or instead of Output 13 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F11 control the following features BitO Output 7 Dynamic Brakes QO Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F11 4 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F11 Bit 1 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Rever
40. 40 5 29 3600 90 5280 8 897 SMPH The longer your calibration course the more accurate your calculated speed will be If you have a small layout measure the distance for one trip around the layout and run your locomotive 10 times around the layout starting the stopwatch at the start of the first trip and stopping the stopwatch at the end of the tenth trip Adjust CV56 9 as discussed above until your measured speed matches the locomotive s reported speed Using the Locomotive s Odometer Using this method you compare the measured distance traveled against the locomotive s reported distance traveled When using this method the Odometer mode must be BEMF CV56 0 bit 5 0 1 Mark a start point and a stop point on your layout 2 Use a tape measure to measure the distance to be traveled through the calibration course The longer the calibration course the more accurate the calibration will be If you have a small layout measure the distance for one trip around the layout and run your locomotive 10 times around the layout 3 Convert the measured length to scale miles and save as Measured_Scale_Distance For example for a G Scale locomotive scale 1 29 suppose the measured length around your layout is 60 feet 3 4 inches and the calibration course is 10 times around the layout Then Measured_Scale_Distance 60 27 feet 10 1 mile 5280 feet 29 0 Measured_Scale_Distance 3 31 scale miles 4
41. 55 137 0 bit 0 to 0 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 177 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 12 CV 55 102 SI Rear Number Board Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control rear number board lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 102 Automatic Rear Number Board Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Lights Activate Number Board Lights 103 Rear Number Board Lights On Explicitly turn the Rear Number Board Lights On Off The rear number board lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 102 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The rear number board lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the rear number board lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV55 102 1 Feature 102 has precedence over Feature 103 When the Feature 102 function state is 1 the Feature 103 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 102 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The rear number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 103 function key presses Feature 103 Intensity Function a a er Feature 102 has precedence over Feature 103 If the Feature 102 function state changes to 1 because of a Feat
42. 64 For locomotive A choose speed curves from the list of QSI speed curves from CV 25 until both locomotives are running at a similar speed The speed curves are compressed to fit between V High and V Start as shown in the graph below o 90 2 80 pa Q 70 i o 9 60 50 40 E 30 roy 20 a 10 0 q TITITITTITITITIITTTTTITTTITI ITITI TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TITTET TTT TTT TTT Terr erred amp X S DO PM OS PSH AVP PHS NI SH Speed Steps Speed Curves with V Start set to 30 10 of applied voltage and V High set to 217 85 of applied voltage 9 If none of the speed curves are acceptable set CV 25 to 1 and make your own custom speed curve using CV 67 through CV 94 Your custom speed curve will also be compressed to fit within the limits set by V Start and V High Set both locomotives at 28 speed step selection so your custom changes are at the speed step the locomotive is operating at Start both locomotives at speed step 1 enter Ops mode programming for Locomotive A and set CV 67 to match Locomotive B speed Leave Ops mode programming and set both locomotives to operate at speed step 2 enter Ops mode programming for Locomotive B and set CV 68 to match Locomotive B speed Repeat this procedure until you have entered speed curve values for all CV s between CV 67 and CV 94 34 Y ou may have a number of standard locomotives for different speed classifications For instance you might have a standard locomotive for yard oper
43. A CO CO CO CO CO Of amp CO O O A o o o CO CO ojl S CO GO GO CO GO GO O o o o o o CO ol S GD GO CO CO GO O N oO o oj CO CO CO CO O O O CO S o O O O 45 Q2 firmware built after 1 J une 08 does not support CV s 33 46 46 Some earlier command stations only support the original NMRA specification of 10 functions using 9 Function Keys 47 For Command Stations that do not have an FL key the F0 Function key usually controls this function Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 54 of 257 23 Sept 2008 A 1 with light gray background shows the Output default settings for Quantum decoders For example CV 36 has a 1 in the column for Output 4 indicating that Function 2 controls Output 4 which will operate the Whistle or Horn Each Input Function can control up to 8 Outputs The white squares in the table show allowed possible assignments of Outputs for each Function The dark gray areas indicate where Outputs cannot be assigned For instance the F4 key Function Input 4 can control only Outputs 4 11 You can chose to have the F4 Key operate Output 10 or a combination of Outputs 11 9 7 and 6 all at once but you cannot have it operate Output 12 For many non sound decoders the Outputs are literally wires that are connected to different features such as Headlights and Reverse Lights overhead blinking lights smoke gene
44. Automatic Ditch 84 All When Automatic Ditch Lights is activated the Lights Ditch Lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 84 x Automatic Front 116 All When Automatic Front Cab Lights is activated Cab Lights the Front Cab Lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 116 x Automatic Front 104 All When Automatic Front Marker Lights are Marker Lights activated the Front Marker Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 104 x Automatic Front 100 All When Automatic Front Number Board Lights is Number Board activated Front Number Board Light intensity Lights changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 100 x Automatic 70 All If Automatic Headlight is activated the Headlight Headlight intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 70 x Automatic Mars 76 All If Automatic Mars Light is activated the Mars Light Light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s directional state See CV 55 76 x Automatic Rear 118 All When Automatic Rear Cab Lights is activated Cab Lights Rear Cab Lights turn off in Forward Reverse after 15 seconds and turn on in Neutral after 10
45. BEMF lt 54 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Differential Gain for slow speeds for 7 lt BEMF lt 54 For Q2 firmware this range is CV56 5 5 lt BEMF lt 54 e Valid values are 0 to 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 217 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 7 3 CV 56 20 SI PID Parameters for Medium Speed PI 20 SI 0 2 Default Values Depends on Locomotive CV 56 20 0 Proportional Gain for 54 lt BEMF lt 108 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Proportional Gain for medium speeds for 54 lt BEMF lt 108 e Valid values are 0 to 255 CV 56 20 2 Differential Gain for 54 lt BEMF lt 108 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Differential Gain for medium speeds for 54 lt BEMF lt 108 e Valid values are 0 to 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 218 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 7 4 CV 56 21 SI PID Parameters for High Speed PI 21 SI 0 2 Default Values Depends on Locomotive CV 56 21 0 Proportional Gain for 108 lt BEMF Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configura
46. Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal On in all motive states e If bit 0 1 the rear number board lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the rear number board lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the rear number board lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the rear number board lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 180 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 12 3 CV 55 102 SI Rear Number Board Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear number board lights to be on in FWD and REV but off in NFF and NFR Solution Set CV 55 102 1 to 00010001 binary 11 hex 17 decimal Example 2 How will the rear number board lights behave if set CV 55 102 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic rear number board lights are initially activated and the rear number board lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 102 1 settings If the automatic rear number board lights are deactivated for example by pressing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 103 function state turns the front number board lights on Example 3 want explicit rear number board lights on off control at all times At startup want the rear number board lights off until turn them on with a func
47. CV 18 Least Significant Byte as a Decimal Binary or Hex number Hear the new full address spoken back Change CV 29 bit 5 to 1 to allow operation with your new Extended Address see CV 29 The following table shows examples for some common train numbers Just follow the procedure above when entering CV 17 and CV 18 ID Number CV 17 MSB CV 18 LSB CV 17 MSB CV 18 LSB CV 17 MSB CV 18 LSB Dec Dec Hex Hex Binary Binary 3985 207 145 CF 91 11001111 10010001 3989 11001111 10010101 3708 11001110 01111100 Example 1 Set your locomotive s long address to 3985 Also see example under CV 17 and 18 le De 3 6 Your locomotive s Long ID is now 3985 and ready to operate Set CV 49 to 129 decimal 10000001 0x81 Set CV 50 to 17 decimal 00010001 0x11 Set CV 56 to 207 decimal 11001111 OxCF which is the MSB for your address you will hear no verbal feedback Set CV 50 to 18 decimal 00010010 0x12 Set CV 56 to 145 decimal 10010001 0x91 which is the LSB for your address Hear CV one seven equals three nine eight five Set CV 29 to 34 decimal 00100010 0x22 for Extended Address Enable and 28 128 Speed Step Example 2 Set your locomotive s long address to 5344 See example under CV 17 and 18 T 2 3 6 Your locomotive s Long ID is now 5344 and ready to operate Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4
48. D1 DO e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 80 13 to a value greater than the value of CV55 80 11 and less than the value of CV55 80 12 e In Ops mode with the Rear Mars Light strobing you can observe the intensity of the secondary strobe pulse change as you change the value of CV 55 80 13 H2 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 140 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 11 CV 55 80 SI Rear Mars Light Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear mars light to be bright not strobing in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD Solution Set CV 55 80 1 4 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Example 2 How will the rear mars light behave if set CV 55 80 0 to 00001111 binary OF hex 15 decimal Answer The automatic rear mars light is initially activated and the rear mars light intensity is controlled by the CV 55 80 1 4 settings If the automatic rear mars light is deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 81 function state turns the rear mars light on and the Feature 83 function state makes the rear mars light strobe Example 3 want explicit rear mars light on off control at all times At startup want the rear mars light off until turn it on with a function key Whe
49. DC Power Conversion Block Signal Control DCC Power Conversion as described under CV 29 bit 2 was implemented into Quantum decoders in a way that allows for simple block signal control Using DC power conversion allows the operator to enable a red signal light to stop a train smoothly using its internal momentum settings without having to use the throttle If Bit 2 1 for CV 29 a DCC controlled locomotive will automatically engage DC Power Conversion when it enters a section of track that is powered with standard DC If the polarity would normally power the analog locomotive in the direction it is going when it enters the DC section the locomotive will continue through the DC block at the same speed If the polarity would normally power the locomotive in the Reverse direction the locomotive will smoothly come to a stop in the DC section The diagram below shows a DCC section connected to a DC section of track The DC section is powered from the DCC power signal rather than from a separate power supply or battery For this application it is only necessary to insulate the one rail as shown by the two insulated rail joiners at either end of the DC section the other rail is electrically connected to the DCC section by conductive rail joiners SW1 SPDT Switch DCC AC Power D1 A Poceacrowe ocr my maim TOE r DCC Section Conducting Rail DC Section J oiner ngulat eee Direction of Travel Conducting Rail DCC Sec
50. In 128 speed step mode the locomotive s speed in scale miles per hour smph is equal to the throttle setting Default resolution is in 1 smph increments If your throttle is set at 35 the locomotive will go 35 smph In 14 or 28 speed step mode you need to multiply your throttle settings by 9 and 4 5 respectively to determine the locomotive s speed If CV 56 0 bit 1 is set to 1 the locomotive s speed in scale kilometers per hour skph is equal to the throttle setting Although some prototype locomotives can achieve 128 miles per hour most were not designed for these speeds Increasing the speed step above the fastest speed obtainable by your model locomotive will not produce additional speed increase Your model s top speed is also limited by the track voltage If your command station cannot supply sufficient voltage at high speed steps the locomotive will run slower than the throttle indicates CSC is a big improvement over STC but may not work well when locomotives are in Consists or are used as mid train helps or pushers and the locomotives are slightly mismatched in speed calibration A locomotive that tends to go slightly faster than 35 smph tries to pull the locomotive that tends to go slightly slower than 35 smph up to speed and applies more power to do so The locomotive that tends to go slightly slower than 35 smph tries to slow the locomotive that tends to go slightly faster than 35 smph and reduces power to do so The result is t
51. Interval Trim PI 13 Use this CV to adjust the time between BEMF synchronized chuffs Default Value CV 56 13 Chuff Interval Trim Register 128 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO This byte specifies a scale factor used to determine the amount of time between BEMF synchronized chuffs This is inversely related to the chuff rate or the number of chuffs per wheel revolution the larger the scale factor more time between chuffs the slower the chuff rate fewer chuffs per wheel revolution The content of this CV is interpreted as X 128 which means a CV value of 128 is equivalent to a scale factor of 1 0 Use this scale factor to fine tune the chuff rate For example if your locomotive chuffs a little slower than four per revolution you can decrease the scale factor to 127 0 992 to slightly increase the number of chuffs per revolution Or if your locomotive chuffs a little faster than four per revolution you can increase the scale factor to 129 1 008 to slightly decrease the number of chuffs per revolution Set CV56 0 bit 3 to 1 to turn on BEMF synchronized chuff calibration mode to make it easier to adjust the chuff rate If you find that one value of CV56 13 gives good synchronized chuff at one speed but at another speed a different value of CV56 13 is required see the Q2Upgrade User Ma
52. Lights 5 7 14 2 CV 55 106 1 Automatic Rear Marker Lights Configuration 5 7 14 3 CV 55 106 SI Rear Marker Lights Examples 5 7 15 CV 55 116 S1 Front Cab Lights 5 7 15 2 CV 55 116 1 Automatic Front Cab Lights Configuration 5 7 15 3 CV 55 116 S1 Front Cab Lights Examples 5 7 16 CV 55 118 SI Rear Cab Lights 5 7 16 3 CV 55 118 51 Rear Cab Lights Examples 5 7 17 CV 55 136 S1 Multiple Automatic Lights 1 5 7 18 CV 55 137 S1 Multiple Automatic Lights 2 5 7 19 CV 55 138 S1 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 5 7 20 CV 55 154 S1 Grade Crossing Horn Signal 5 7 21 CV 55 178 S1 Status Report 5 8 1 CV 56 0 QSI System Configuration PI 0 5 8 2 CV 56 4 QSI Throttle Mode P 4 5 8 3 CV 56 5 Regulated Throttle Control RTC Minimum Back EMF PI 5 5 8 4 CV 56 9 BEMF to Scale MPH Trim PI 9 5 8 4 1 Calibrating BEMF to SMPH Using a Commerical Speedometer Using a Stopwatch Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 6 of 257 23 Sept 2008 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 204 205 205 207 209 210 210 210 211 211 5 8 5 CV 56 10 Speed Step to Scale MPH Scale Factor PI 10 5 8 6 CV 56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor P 12 5 8 6 CV 56 13 Chuff Interval Trim P 13 5 8 7 CV 56 18 21 S Quantum PID Parameters 5 8 7 1 CV 56 18 51 PID Parameters for Very Slow Speed PI 18 SI 0 2 5 8 7 2 CV 56 19 S1 PID Parameters for Slow Speed PI 19 SI 0 2 5 8 7 3 CV 56 20 S1 PID Parameters for Medium Speed P1 20 SI 0 2 5 8 7 4 CV 5
53. Location for F6 CV 41 Output Location for F7 CV 42 Output Location for F8 CV 43 Output Location for F9 5 CV s 49 64 QSI Unique CV s 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 Overview 5 4 2 CV 51 1 Operations Mod 5 4 3 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 CV 51 2 Special Sound Effects Enable PI 2 CV 44 Output Location for F10 CV 45 Output Location for F11 CV 46 Output Location for F12 e Mute Volume PI 1 Page 4 of 257 CV 51 P1 QSI System Sound Control 5 4 1 CV 51 0 Operations Mode System Volume PI 0 23 Sept 2008 32 33 34 35 37 38 39 40 40 43 44 45 47 48 49 49 51 54 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 84 86 87 88 88 89 90 5 4 4 5 9 5 5 1 5 6 CV 53 PI SI Output Feature Assignment 5 6 1 5 6 2 5 7 1 5 7 1 1 5 7 3 5 7 3 1 5 7 3 2 5 7 3 3 5 7 3 4 5 7 3 5 5 7 4 5 7 4 5 5 7 5 5 7 5 1 5 7 5 2 5 7 5 3 5 7 5 4 5 7 5 5 5 7 5 6 5 7 5 7 5 7 5 8 5 7 5 9 5 7 5 10 CV 55 76 13 Mars Light Mid Intensity 5 7 5 11 CV 55 76 51 Mars Light Examples 5 7 6 5 7 6 1 5 7 6 2 5 7 6 3 5 7 6 4 5 7 6 5 5 7 6 6 5 7 6 7 5 7 6 8 5 7 6 9 5 7 6 10 CV 55 80 13 Rear Mars Light Mid Intensity 5 7 6 11 CV 55 80 51 Rear Mars Light Examples CV 55 84 51 Ditch Lights 5 7 7 5 7 7 1 5 7 7 2 5 7 7 3 5 7 7 4 5 7 7 5 5 7 7 6 5 7 7 7 5 7 7 8 5 7 7 9 5 7 7 10 CV 55 84 S1 Ditch Lights Examples CV 55 88 S1 Rear Ditch Lights 5 7 8 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ve
54. Step 16 O N 141 83 Speed Step 17 O Y 151 84 Speed Step 18 O Y 160 85 Speed Step 19 O Y 170 86 Speed Step 20 O Y 179 87 Speed Step 21 O Y 188 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 27 of 257 23 Sept 2008 88 Speed Step 22 O Y 198 89 Speed Step 23 O Y 207 90 Speed Step 24 O Y 217 91 Speed Step 25 O Y 226 92 Speed Step 26 O Y 236 93 Speed Step 27 O Y 245 94 Speed Step 28 O Y 255 95 Reverse Trim O Y 128 96 Reserved by NMRA for future use 97 Reserved by NMRA for future use 98 Reserved by NMRA for future use 99 Reserved by NMRA for future use 100 Reserved by NMRA for future use 101 Reserved by NMRA for future use 102 Reserved by NMRA for future use 103 Reserved by NMRA for future use 104 Reserved by NMRA for future use 105 User Identifier 1 O N 106 User Identifier 2 O N 107 Reserved by NMRA for future use 512 Reserved by NMRA for future use Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 28 of 257 23 Sept 2008 2 4 Overview of CV Descriptions The following sections provide detailed descriptions of each CV supported by the Quantum System Each description includes the default value a pictorial of the CV data register and sometimes operational hints or notes about special use and limitations The data for each bit shown in the pictorial data registers are classified as A for Address data D for general
55. additional information on operating your locomotive at minimum speed under RTC 132 Speed step 8 is an arbitrary choice It maintains a reasonable speed step range that ensures that variations in track voltage settings locomotive wear in and others factors do not prevent the locomotive from obtaining a minimum speed at lower speed steps Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 209 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 4 CV 56 9 BEMF to Scale MPH Trim PI 9 Use this CV to change the mapping of BEMF to scale MPH Default Value 128 CV 56 9 BEMF to Scale MPH Trim Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO This CV determines the relationship between the measured BEMF of the motor and the speed of the locomotive in smph The content of this CV is interpreted as X 128 which means a CV value of 128 is equivalent to a Trim Factor of 1 0 The locomotive announces the speed of the locomotive in Forward or Reverse in a verbal status report You can trigger the status report by pressing F10 The locomotive s speed can be announced in either scale miles per hour or scale kilometers per hour To have scale kilometers per hour announced set CV56 0 bit 1 to 1 The factory default value for CV56 9 is 128 which represents 1 0 If your locomotive is reporting speeds that are too slow or too fast you can correct this by increasing or decreasing t
56. byte_1 CV58 1 2 byte_2 high order byte The raw odometer value is thus Raw Odometer Value byte_0 byte_1 256 byte_2 256 256 The number of scale miles this represents depends on the Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 5 9 4 BEMF Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 0 For BEMF odometer mode the number of scale miles is Miles Raw Odometer Value 3600 From this we can calculate the maximum number of scale miles before the odometer rolls over Max_Miles 16777215 3600 4660 33 To convert to kilometers multiply the miles by 1 609 Kilometers Miles 1 609 5 9 5 CAM Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 1 For CAM odometer mode the number of scale miles is Miles Raw Odometer Value Diameter Scale Pl 4 12 5280 The 4 is needed because there are 4 CAM ticks per wheel revolution The 12 is needed because there are 12 inches per foot The 5280 is needed because there are 5280 feet per mile PI is 3 1415926 Diameter is the Wheel Diameter read back from CV56 24 0 low byte and CV56 24 1 high byte The diameter is Diameter low byte high byte 256 This number represents the wheel diameter in units of 0 001 inch For example a value of 1000 represents a diameter of 1 0 inches Scale is the Locomotive Scale read back from CV56 25 0 low byte and CV56 25 1 high byte The scale is Scale low byte high byte 256 This number represents the locomotive scale in units of 0 0
57. happen you can move your locomotive to a Programming Track and change your locomotive s ID using Service Mode Programming Or you can do a hardware reset by pulling the reset jumper on the circuit board or by using the Magnetic Wand which will set the locomotive s ID to short address 3 See your locomotive s operating manual for further information on performing a hardware reset Note Some command stations do not support programming address CV s on the main See notes in trouble shooting and related CV s 1 17 18 56 129 for possible solutions to this problem One advantage of programming on the main is that you often can observe an immediate change to your locomotive s behavior when you program a CV For example you can hear the System Volume or an individual feature sound volume change immediately after you program its new CV value In Service Mode you have to move the locomotive from the Service Mode Programming track to the Main track to see the effect of changing a CV 29 Both the short form and the long form of the CV access instructions are supported 30 A magnetically activated switch on the circuit board replaced the jumper on later Quantum equipped locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 25 of 257 23 Sept 2008 2 3 List of CV s Supported by Quantum Locomotives The following table lists all CV s The third column labeled NMRA indicates whether these CV s are mandatory M recommended R
58. has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 69 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 9 CV 40 Output Location for F6 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F6 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F6 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F6 00010000 16 CV 40 F6 Output Location for F6 Register with Factory Default Features Default Value Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mut Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower Po ler Fi Standby Total ug Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans POR Hh Horn Whistle Shut Down Cocks Long Coupler Arm Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 e QSI has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default settings for Output 8 are Doppler Shift for a moving locomotive and Locomotive Start Up in Neutral Therefore by default F6 controls Doppler Shift and Start Up e You can specify that F6 control any of Outputs 4 7 and 9 11 in addition to or instead of Output 8 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F6 control the following features BitO Output 4 Horn Whistle
59. i scke etna a e a a Service Mode Read Back Use for Speed Calibration Operations Mode Programming esinen n a ear dtha Gh Troubleshooting Output Feature Assignment CV 53 PISI eeeeeeeeeeeeees 46 98 Overhead Beacon Light cecesesecesssesesesssseseseseseetseseeteeeeeneaes Configuration CV 55 92 oo eeeeeee Initial State CV 55 92 0 wo Max Intensity CV 55 92 12 Min Intensity CV 55 92 11 Predefined Speed Cures ccccscseseeseee Primary Address CV 1 ececeeseeeeeees Alternate Ops Mode Procedure Primary Index Pl CV 49 w ceececeeeseeeeeee Product Model Number c ccccccsesesesssessssesesesesesesesetsseeeesees Programming on the Main 0 esesesesseseseseceseseseseeeeeeeseseseseeeeeeeenees Programming Tracks ie areo Ie ereas Proprietary Rights and Obligations Rear Cab Lights 2s9 ii scceivitdecistetta E E ENA Automatic Rear Cab Lights 0 scsaciak cones Rear Ditch Lights 2 ccscs cesses deessscdcccatecadsastuesveessecideseaessuersieeeceresacate Automatic Rear Ditch Lights Configuration CV 55 88 1 4 Dim Intensity CV 55 88 10 20 515020 Initial State CV 55 88 0 ee eeeeeeeee Max Intensity CV 55 88 12 Strobe Hold Time CV 55 88 5 sesesesssessseseseseeseseseseseeesteeesees Strobe Period CV 55 88 6 s 27 c eerste ei aeeadeaescake ReariMarker Lights v v utes ineen a deen RS Automatic Marker Lights Configuration 2 c
60. location specifies the output is controlled by F4 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F4 00000100 4 CV 38 Output Location for F4 Register with Factory Default Features Default Value Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mut Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower ah ler Fi F Standby Shut ug Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Ca ii ete Horn Whistle Down Cocks Long Coupler Arm Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 6 is Blower Hiss Fans Therefore by default F4 controls the Blower Hiss Fans Sound e You can specify that F4 control any of Outputs 4 5 and 7 11 in addition to or instead of Output 6 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F4 control the following features BitO Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F4 4 Horn Whistle is affected by F4 Bit1 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire 0 The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F4 4 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F4 Bit 2 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans a
61. of 257 23 Sept 2008 When I set CV 17 and 18 the Extended Address must explicitly set CV29 bit 6 to 1 before the Extended Address is effective With non QS decoders don t have to do this Why isn t it automatic with QSI decoders If CV 62 bit 0 is 1 which enables Programming Verbal Acknowledgement then your QS decoder speaks out C V 17 equals x x x x when you program the extended address During the time the acknowledgement is being spoken all incoming DCC packets are discarded If your controller attempts to program CV29 during this time the packet for CV29 is discarded by the decoder Set CV 62 bit 0 to 0 and your QSI decoder will not discard the CV 29 packet Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 246 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Service Mode Operation using the Program Track My Quantum equipped locomotive will not program in Service Mode with my command station Some command stations do not provide sufficient current to power the Quantum system If you are using a command station that has Selectable track voltage for the different scales try using the O Scale or G Gauge alternative If this does not work use Ops Mode programming You can also purchase from Tony s Train Exchange 45 a simple inexpensive power booster PowerPak by DCC Specialties that will allow you to program on the program track with any DCC command station Occasionally when programming a CV the rep
62. set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 100 and 101 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 175 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 11 2 CV 55 100 1 Automatic Front Number Board Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Front Number Board Lights behavior Default Value CV 55 100 1 Automatic Front Number Board Lights Configuration 85 NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal e If bit 0 1 the front number board lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the front number board lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the front number board lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the front number board lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 176 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 11 3 CV 55 100 SI Front Number Board Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic front number board lights to be on in FWD and REV but off in NFF and NFR Solution Set CV 55 100 1 to 00010001 binary 11 hex 17 decimal Example 2 How will the front number board lights behave if set CV 55 100 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic front number board lights are initially
63. shown here depending on the acoustic nature of each locomotive Check the value of your default settings in your individual locomotive s instruction manual 98 Whistle in Steam Locomotives Horn in Diesel and Electric Locomotives 99 Chuff in Steam Locomotives Diesel Motor in Diesel Locomotives Traction Motor in Electric Locomotives 100 Steam Blower in Steam Locomotives Cooling Fans in Diesel and Electric Locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 95 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 6 CV 53 PI SI Output Feature Assignment Use CV 53 to assign QSI features to the 14 decoder outputs CV 53 PI SI Output Feature Assignment Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 53 is implemented as a two dimensional table of 14x2 registers with CV 49 used as a row index to these registers and CV 50 used as a column index Secondary Index CV 50 Primary Index 9 1 CV 49 1 Feature Assigned to Output 1 Feature Assigned to Output 1 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 2 Feature Assigned to Output 2 Feature Assigned to Output 2 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 3 Feature Assigned to Output 3 Feature Assigned to Output 3 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 4 Feature Assigned to Output 4 Feature Assigned to Output 4 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 5 Feature Assigned to Output 5 Feature Assigned to Output 5 in in FWD
64. sound of about 1 second Use a Short Air Let off to simulate operating some locomotive appliances or as a place holder feature for unused function keys Start Up 144 NFF NFR_ See section 1 18 Start Up F6 in Neutral Status Report 178 All See section 1 16 Status Report F10 Step Lights 113 All Explicitly turns the Front Step Lights On or Off See CV 55 112 x Strobe Ditch 87 All Explicitly turns on or off Ditch Lights strobe See Lights CV 55 84 x Strobe Mars 79 All Explicitly turns on or off Mars Light strobe See Light CV 55 76 x Strobe Rear 91 All Explicitly turns on or off Rear Ditch Lights strobe Ditch Lights See CV 55 88 x Strobe Rear 83 All Explicitly turns on or off Rear Mars Light strobe Mars Light See CV 55 80 x User Looped 26 All Turn on off a User Recorded Sound Effect See Sound Effect Q2Upgrade User Manual for further information User Sound 25 All Trigger the single playing of a User Recorded Effect Sound Effect See Q2Upgrade User Manual for further information Whistle 1 All See section 1 7 Horn and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key Note Do not confuse the above table with the Individual Sound Identifiers Table shown in CV 52 The above table lists ID s of Features while CV 52 table lists ID s of Individual Sounds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 101 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 102 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 6 2 CV 53 Factory Def
65. specifies the output is not controlled by F2 00001000 8 Default Value CV 36 Output Location for F2 with Factory Default Features Coupler Crash Start Up Dales Hiss Fans ean ee Bell Lighting Lighting Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 4 is the Whistle or Horn Therefore by default F2 controls the Whistle or Horn while locomotive is moving or stopped e You can specify that F1 control any of Outputs 1 3 and 5 8 in addition to or instead of Output 4 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F2 control the following features Bit 0 Output 1 Directional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F2 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F2 Bit1 Output 2 Directional Lighting QF The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F2 as ba The Directional Lighting System is affected by F2 Bit 2 Output 3 Bell OQ The Bell is unaffected by F2 4 The Bell is affected by F2 Bit3 Output 4 Horn Whistle OQ The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F2 4 Horn Whistle is affected by F2 58 Write bit operation is supported for CV
66. specify the Rear OBHL effect Three effects are supported Bit 5 Bit 4 Effect 0 0 Blinking Light 0 1 Rotary Light 1 0 Strobe Light 1 1 reserved e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 96 function state to be immediately set to the new value e A start up operation causes the Feature 96 function state to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 170 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 10 2 CV 55 96 6 Rear OHBL Period For models with a Rear OHBL this CV controls its blink revolve or strobe rate Default Value 100 CV 55 96 6 Rear OHBL Period Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 2 255 Each unit represents 0 01 second A value of 100 represents 1 00 second If the value of this CV is 0 or 1 a period of 0 02 second is used The CV value is the time for one complete blink revolve or strobe cycle of the Rear OHBL to complete In Ops mode you can observe the blink revolve or strobe rate change as you change the value of CV 55 96 6 120 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 171 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 10 3 CV 55 96 11 Rear OHBL Min Intensity For models with a Rear OHBL this CV controls the minimum brightness of the Rotary Light effect or the bright time of t
67. state Neutral from Forward NFF If the locomotive is set to the Forward Direction and the throttle is turned down to zero speed step and the locomotive is stopped it will be in a Neutral State called Neutral from Forward Reverse REV If the locomotive is set to the Reverse Direction and is moving it is in the Reverse state Neutral from Reverse NFR If the locomotive is set to the Reverse Direction and the throttle is turned down to zero speed step and the locomotive is stopped it will be in a Neutral State called Neutral from Reverse w If you set your controller to 14 speed step operation without reconfiguring your Quantum system to the same speed steps in CV 29 your Directional Lighting will not operate correctly Rule 17 followed by prototype railroads states The headlight will be displayed to the front of every train by night but must be dimmed or concealed when a train turns out to meet another and the entire train has stopped clear of main track or is standing to meet trains at the end of double track or at junctions s Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 11 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 3 Throttle Control Modes There are four ways your locomotive can respond to your throttle Standard Throttle Control STC Under STC the percentage of full power applied to the motor is directly related to the throttle setting speed step Since the power to the motor is constant for a given throttle setting
68. strobing you can observe the strobe rate change as you change the value of CV 55 88 6 HS This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 160 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 8 CV 55 88 10 Rear Ditch Lights Dim Intensity For models with dimmable Rear Ditch Lights this CV controls the dim intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 88 10 Rear Ditch Lights Dim Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The default value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Rear Ditch Lights dimmed you can observe the Rear Ditch Lights intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 88 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 161 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 9 CV 55 88 12 Rear Ditch Lights Max Intensity For models with 256 intensity level Rear Ditch Lights this CV controls its intensity when it s state is bright or strobing Default Value 255 CV 55 88 12 Rear Ditch Lights Max Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright
69. than it was last moving in DCC mode then the locomotive will decelerate to a stop at a rate determined by CV 4 and CV 24 and will enter Neutral The usual Neutral sounds will be heard When in Analog mode switching the polarity of the track will either start the locomotive moving or bring it to a stop 43 Write bit operation is supported for CV 29 44 NMRA Spec RP 9 2 4 specifies that Power Source Conversion should take place when DCC packets are absent for more than 30 mS ec However Quantum requires approximately 200mSec to determine the Analog track polarity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 51 of 257 23 Sept 2008 If the locomotive is moving and the polarity is reversed the locomotive will decelerate to a stop at a rate determined by CV 4 and CV 24 and will enter Neutral If the locomotive is stopped in Neutral and the polarity is reversed the locomotive will accelerate at a rate determined by CV 3 and CV 23 to a speed corresponding to the last received speed step packet The actual locomotive speed under Analog power may differ from its speed under DCC power depending on the Analog track voltage and whether the locomotive is using Calibrated Speed Control Regulated Throttle Control or Standard Throttle Control e g the locomotive may jerk upon switching to analog power NOTE This bit must be set to 1 in order for the locomotive to operate on an Analog track See trouble shooting section e Bit 3 Advanced Decoder Acknowle
70. to full system volume Note You can set the Mute volume in CV 51 1 if you want to be able to quickly quiet your locomotive without having the sounds turn completely off 1 15 Heavy Load F9 in Forward or Reverse Heavy Load is applied while the train is moving it maintains the train at a nearly steady speed while allowing you to have control over the sound effects of a working locomotive Heavy Load represents a train that would take over ten minutes to accelerate to full speed or to bring to a complete stop It is independent of any inertia values set in CV3 4 23 or 24 Under Heavy Load changing the throttle will have little affect on the locomotive s speed Instead you use the throttle to control Sound of Power effects When you approach a grade under Heavy Load increase the throttle and hear the locomotive produce heavy laboring sounds When the locomotive goes down a grade reduce the throttle to hear the locomotive drop to light laboring sounds You control labored sounds by how much the throttle is increased or decreased from its initial position where Heavy Load was turned on 1 Press F9 and hear one short hoot when Heavy Load is turned on You can apply Heavy Load as soon as you start moving or wait until you are up to speed 2 Press F9 and hear two short hoots when Heavy Load is turned off Before turning Heavy Load off return the throttle to its initial setting where Heavy Load was turned on to avoid sudden accelerati
71. will resist starting up quickly if at rest For further explanation of these four modes see CV 56 4 QSI Throttle Mode The default mode is RTC You can change to STC using CV 56 4 Quantum equipped locomotives will produce labored sounds under acceleration and lighter non labored sounds under deceleration The level of labored sounds is proportional to the value of CV 3 plus CV23 and of CV 4 plus CV24 and how much the throttle is increased or decreased Diesel locomotives produce louder motor sounds under acceleration and softer motor sounds under deceleration Steam locomotives produce louder chuffs under acceleration and softer chuffs under deceleration Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 12 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 5 Function Keys Quantum decoders support the 0 12 Function Key standard as now accepted by the NMRA the old 0 8 standard is not supported 1 5 1 Common Feature Function Key Assignments The following table lists features that have been pre assigned to your DCC Function Keys for common operation across the different types of Quantum locomotives Check the Operation Manual that comes with your locomotive to see which of these common features are offered or what additional custom features have been included These common features are described in detail in the following sections Notice that some keys operate different features in Forward Reverse than in Neutral F Key F
72. 1 sets locomotive to Reverse Direction within the Consist e Ifthe address in bits 0 6 is 0 the locomotive is not in a Consist e f the seven bit address has a value 1 127 when decoder receives a command packet addressed to this address the packet will be processed as any other packet except The direction bit in a speed direction or advanced operation packet is inverted if D7 1 e Function Key commands are ignored unless enabled in CV s 21 and 22 e Long Form CV Access instructions will be ignored Only Short Form CV Access instructions for CV s 23 and 24 are allowed e If a locomotive has the same Consist Address as its Primary Address it will respond to commands as through it were being addressed by its Primary Address without the restrictions set in CV 21 and CV 22 37 Consists are also know as Multiple Heading Lashups or Multiple Unit Trains MU s Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 43 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 11 CV 21 Consist Address Active for F1 F8 Sets which Function Keys are enabled when a locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID Default Value 0 CV 21 Consist Address Active for F1 F8 Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O F8 F7 F6 F5 F4 F3 F2 F1 e Ifa 0 is placed in any bit that function key is disabled when the locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID e Ifa is placed in any bit that function key is enabled whe
73. 1 For example a value of 2900 represents a scale of 29 0 Thus we have Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 231 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Diameter CV56 24 0 value CV56 24 1 value 256 1000 Scale CV56 25 0 value CV56 25 1 value 256 100 Miles Raw Odometer Value Diameter Scale Pl 4 12 5280 The maximum number of scale miles before the odometer rolls over depends on the wheel diameter and the locomotive scale Max_Miles 16777215 Diameter Scale Pl 4 12 5280 To convert to kilometers multiply the miles by 1 609 Kilometers Miles 1 609 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 232 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 10 CV 62QSI Control Use this CV to control Programming Verbal Acknowledgement and CV Numeric Readout Default Value 1 CV 62 QSI Control Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 D2 0 DO e Bit 0 Programming Verbal Acknowledgement Enable 0 disable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement 1 enable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement If Programming Verbal Acknowledgement is enabled and you write a value to a CV the locomotive announces the CV number and its new value For example if you set CV 2 to 18 the locomotive will respond with the spoken message C V two equals one eight If you write a value to a QSI unique CV that uses a Primary Index the locomotive announces the CV number
74. 100 2C X X X X 45 00101101 2D X X X X 46 00101110 2E X X X X X 47 00101111 2F X X 48 00110000 30 X X X 49 00110001 31 X X X 50 00110010 32 X X X X 51 00110011 33 X X X 52 00110100 34 X X X X 53 00110101 35 X X X X 54 00110110 36 X X X X X 55 00110111 37 X X X 56 00111000 38 X X X X 57 00111001 39 X X X X 58 00111010 3A X X X X X 59 00111011 3B X X X X 60 00111100 3C X X X X X 61 00111101 3D X X X X X 62 00111110 3E X X X X X X 63 00111111 3F Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 92 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 4 4 CV 51 5 Automatic Mute Timeout Value PI 5 Use this CV to specify the number of seconds of idle time after which the locomotive automatically mutes its sounds Default Value 0 CV 51 5 Automatic Mute Timeout Value Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Each unit represents 10 seconds The maximum value is 255 which represents 2550 seconds or 42 minutes and 30 seconds e f the number of specified seconds of idle time is exceeded the locomotive s sounds are automatically reduced to the Mute Volume specified in CV51 1 If the locomotive s sounds are already muted via the Mute function the locomotive s sounds will not change in volume e If the value of this CV is 0 this timeout is disabled Sounds are not automatically muted e idle time is defined as th
75. 28 speed step setting Idle is considered Notch 0 and occurs for speed step 0 Notch 1 ranges from 1 to 10 Notch 2 from 11 to 20 Notch 3 from 21 to 30 etc If your controller has an option to increment or decrement your throttle set setting by ten speed steps it is very easy and predicable to set your notch value Steam Exhaust Under acceleration the steam exhaust is labored and loud and under decelerating the steam exhaust is lighter Also when starting out after an extended period in Neutral over 25 seconds you will hear steam and water vented from the Cylinder Cocks when it starts out The Cylinder Cocks will vent 16 times or until speed exceeds 12 smph Electric Traction Motors Under acceleration hear the traction motors rev up and strain as the Electric locomotive gains full speed Under deceleration the traction motors are not labored and rev down as the locomotive slows 1 10 Dynamic Brakes F5 Key Diesel Locomotives The prototype Dynamic Brakes found on most diesels cause the train to slow down by using the traction motors in generator mode This helps dissipate the energy of a moving train by applying electrical power from the traction motors to a large air cooled resistor load in the locomotive These resistor grids can get quite hot and require cooling by fans located on the roofs of the locomotives e Pressing F5 in Forward Reverse will set the Diesel Motor sound to idle at the lowest Sound of Power setting and turn on t
76. 36 59 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 60 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 62 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire OQ The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F2 4 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F2 Bit5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans OQ Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F2 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F2 Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F2 mali Dynamic Brakes are affected by F2 Bit 7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F2 4 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F2 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 63 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 6 CV 37 Output Location for F3 This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by F3 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F3 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F3 00010000 16 CV 37 Output Location for F3 with Factory Default Features Default Value Doppler Dynamic Blower p
77. 4 10 Ditch Lights Dim Intensity CV 55 84 12 Ditch Lights Max Intensity Page 5 of 257 23 Sept 2008 121 122 123 5 7 8 1 CV 55 88 0 Rear Ditch Lights Initial State 5 7 8 2 CV 55 88 1 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights FWD Configuration 5 7 8 3 CV 55 88 2 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights NFF Configuration 5 7 8 4 CV 55 88 3 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights REV Configuration 5 7 8 5 CV 55 88 4 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights NFR Configuration 5 7 8 6 CV 55 88 5 Rear Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time 5 7 8 7 CV 55 88 6 Rear Ditch Lights Strobe Period 5 7 8 8 CV 55 88 10 Rear Ditch Lights Dim Intensity 5 7 8 9 CV 55 88 12 Rear Ditch Lights Max Intensity 5 7 8 10 CV 55 88 S1 Rear Ditch Lights Examples 5 7 9 CV 55 92 51 Overhead Beacon Light 5 7 9 1 CV 55 92 0 OHBL Initial State 5 7 9 2 CV 55 92 6 OHBL Period 5 7 9 4 CV 55 92 12 OHBL Max Intensity 5 7 10 CV 55 96 51 Rear Overhead Beacon Light 5 7 10 1 CV 55 96 0 Rear OHBL Initial State 5 7 10 2 CV 55 96 6 Rear OHBL Period 5 7 10 3 CV 55 96 11 Rear OHBL Min Intensity 5 7 10 4 CV 55 96 12 Rear OHBL Max Intensity 5 7 11 CV 55 100 S1 Front Number Board Lights 5 7 11 3 CV 55 100 S1 Front Number Board Lights Examples 5 7 12 CV 55 102 S1 Rear Number Board Lights 5 7 12 2 CV 55 102 1 Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Configuration 5 7 12 3 CV 55 102 S1 Rear Number Board Lights Examples 5 7 13 CV 55 104 S1 Front Marker Lights 5 7 13 3 CV 55 104 51 Front Marker Lights Examples 5 7 14 CV 55 106 SI Rear Marker
78. 4 4 0 Page 41 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Common Steam Locomotive Numbers cV17 cv 18 cv17 cv 18 cvi7 cv 18 Loco Number Dec Dec Hex Hex Binary Binary 3985 207 145 CF 91 11001111 10010001 611 194 99 C2 63 11000010 01100011 8444 224 252 EO FC 11100000 11111100 4449 209 97 D1 61 11010001 01100001 3751 206 167 CE AT 11001110 10100111 261 193 5 C1 5 11000001 00000101 1218 196 194 C4 C2 11000100 11000010 1361 197 81 C5 51 11000101 01010001 700 194 188 C2 BC 11000010 10111100 Note Some command stations will not operate Quantum Systems in Service Mode due to insufficient power output or timing problems Check the appendices for a listing of recommended command stations If you cannot operate in Service Mode use Ops mode programming If your command station will not allow setting ID numbers in Ops Mode use QSI CV 56 129 to enter your ID numbers Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 42 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 10 CV 19 Consist Address Sets a locomotive s Consist address in addition to setting the locomotive s direction within the Consist Default Value 0 CV 19 Consist Address Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 e Bits AO A6 set the Consist address to any value from 0 to 127 e Bit D7 sets the locomotive s direction 0 in D7 sets the locomotive to a normal Forward and
79. 5 32 44 230 247 254 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 253 of 257 Configuration Data 1 CV 29 ccc cccccseseseseseseseeeeseseseseseseseeees 53 Common Settings GONSIS C528 aer rar ET A NO EENEN LEE O OLESEA LOATA Ke j AARI EPERE EEEE ETS 45 Consist Address Active for F1 F8 CV 21 ccceeseseseeeeeeeeees 46 Consist Address Active for FL and F9 F12 CV 22 47 Speed Matching Locomotives in Consist Cooling F ANS sis 2 c2 4echeee eke teeters tet VONIMG EEE EA E AAEE Coupler Sounds c cscsceasevendseetsetecensceeerececsteretees C upler ALNES annin rE er EE estan nade Coupler AM rien Coupler Crash CETO A Bie EN AASE A EE EEE ATE COUPIING A VRE EEEE EE E VOMING 2 eecivss i asdsctteecsnddacokessvemasiestes CSC see Calibrated Speed Control GVPSEZ DCC sist E E EO Cylinder COCKS cscesssseeeseceseresereseesdesees AUIS dc A AR I E EE E cobs anbnt entice E VOme an ea A E A ATT Deceleration Adjustment CV 24 oo ccecceseeeeeteseees 41 45 50 53 Deceleration Rate CV 4 vw 12 19 20 35 41 50 53 Diesel Generator MV OMUIM GMA secs iver een ae e E OA 97 Diesel Motor EOW IGG Seis aac ec eee ee eae 22 Diesel Turbo VOIUIMG seco ste EE A AEE ETS 97 Digita X serno nni o ea R REEERE 247 Compatibility with QSI equipped decoders 00 0 eeeeeeseeeseeeetees 247 Programming a Long Address 00 Returning to the Short Address TrOUDIESHOOUNE miseca esa a eris Direction Control esrnennienni
80. 5 3 1 to 1 N in Ops Mode and the locomotive s bell is ringing the newly selected prototypical bell will begin ringing immediately 101 The default for some European models is 0 because their prototype did not have a bell 102 Feedback Bells produce a single light ding when turning the bell on and a double ding when shutting the bell off This bell type is suitable for locos that are not intended to have bells but need a bell sound to indicated that the bell state is on or off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 105 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 3 CV 55 70 SI Headlight Three features can be assigned to function keys to control headlight operation Feature ID Feature Name Use 70 Automatic Headlight Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Headlight 71 Headlight On Explicitly turn the Headlight On Off 72 Headlight Dim Explicitly specify the Headlight be Dim Bright The headlight intensity Off Dim Bright can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 70 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The headlight intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Bright Dim Dim Dim The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 70 1 Feature 70 has precedence over Features 71 and 72 When the Feature 70 funct
81. 6 21 S PID Parameters for High Speed P1 21 SI 0 2 5 8 7 6 General Hints for Setting PID Parameters 5 8 8 CV 56 24 51 Wheel Diameter PI 24 S 0 1 5 8 9 CV 56 25 S Locomotive Scale PI 25 S 0 1 5 8 10 CV 56 32 0 Room Temperature PI 32 S1 0 5 8 10 CV 56 128 Reset to Factory Default P 128 5 8 11 CV 56 129 Locomotive ID Access P 129 5 8 12 CV 56 254 About Quantum Decoder PI 254 5 8 13 CV 56 255 Play Build Information PI 255 5 9 CV 58 1 S1 Odometer 5 9 1 Odometer Reset 5 9 2 Ops Mode Odometer Read Out 5 9 3 Service Mode Odometer Read Back 5 9 4 BEMF Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit 5 0 5 9 5 CAM Odometer Mode CV56 0 bit5 1 Appendix Ill DCC Troubleshooting Operations Mode Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 7 of 257 5 8 7 5 Setting PID Parameters for Quantum Equipped Model Locomotives 23 Sept 2008 213 214 215 216 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 228 229 230 230 230 231 231 231 233 236 237 237 238 239 240 240 242 242 243 243 245 245 245 247 248 248 249 249 249 251 251 252 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 8 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Digital Command Control Explained Digital Command Control DCC is the standard adopted by the National Model Railroad Association NMRA in 1994 to allow compatible operation of all locomotives and Command Stations regardless of manufacturer DCC differs from Analog control in t
82. 64 By default set to Number Boards output 46 Output Location for F12 O Y 128 By default set to Cab Lights output 47 Reserved by NMRA for future use 48 Reserved by NMRA for future use 49 QSI Primary Index O Y PI for short 50 QSI Secondary Index O Y SI for short 51 QSI System Sound Control O Y 1 dimensional table PI 52 QSI Individual Sound Volume O Y 1 dimensional table PI Control 53 QSI Function Output Feature O Y 2 dimensional table PI SI Assignment 54 Reserved by QSI for future use 55 QSI Feature Configuration O Y 2 dimensional table PI SI 56 QSI Configuration O Y 2 dimensional table PI SI 57 Reserved by QSI for future use 58 Odometer 59 Reserved by QSI for future use 60 Reserved by QSI for future use 61 Reserved by QSI for future use 62 QSI Control O Y 1 Turn on off programming verbal acknowledgement 63 Reserved by QSI for future use 64 Verbal CV Inquiry O Y Decoder speaks out value of any CV 65 Kick Start O N 66 Forward Trim O Y 128 67 Speed Step 1 O Y 0 68 Speed Step 2 O Y 9 69 Speed Step 3 O Y 18 70 Speed Step 4 O Y 28 71 Speed Step 5 O Y 37 72 Speed Step 6 O Y 47 73 Speed Step 7 O Y 56 74 Speed Step 8 O Y 66 75 Speed Step 9 O Y 75 76 Speed Step 10 O Y 85 77 Speed Step 11 O Y 94 78 Speed Step 12 O Y 103 79 Speed Step 13 O Y 113 80 Speed Step 14 O Y 122 81 Speed Step 15 O Y 132 82 Speed
83. 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off OQ Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F8 4 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F8 Bit6 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F8 4 Audio Mute is affected by F8 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F8 4 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F8 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 75 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 12 CV 43 Output Location for F9 This CV specifies whether outputs 7 thru 14 are controlled by F9 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F9 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F9 Default Value 00010000 16 CV 43 Output Location for F9 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Alternate Horn Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Cab Lights Selection SMPH Report Disconnect Mute Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Number Board Status Report Standby Total Cylinder Start Up Brakes Li
84. D6 N A N A N A D2 D1 DO e You can select from 11 predefined speed curves that are shown in the graph below The upper five convex curves are fast start curves while the lower five concave curves are slow start curves The fast start curves will compensate for locomotives that are less responsive getting started while the slow start curves compensate for locomotives that tend to rocket out when the throttle is barely turned on Speed Table Selections 120 100 80 60 40 Percent Full Throttle 20 0 Speed Steps e To select a predefined speed curve set CV 25 to the value associated with the curve in the graph above Set CV 25 to 0 or 1 to select a User Defined Curve see CV 67 94 Set CV 25 to any other number to select a predefined Linear Curve e Bit4 of CV 29 must be set to 1 to enable any of the above speed curves If CV 29 bit 4 is set to 0 then a linear straight line response is enabled Additional Information for the Curious Regarding QSI Speed Curves e The assignment of bits to this register follows a logical sequence Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 49 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bits 0 2 Determines how much curvature For low values the curves are closer to linear while higher values provide greater curvature Bits 0 2 set to 000 or 001 indicates that speed table is not used regardless of the
85. DO e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 92 12 to a value greater than the value of CV55 92 11 e In Ops mode you can observe the OHBL intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 92 12 9 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 168 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 10 CV 55 96 SI Rear Overhead Beacon Light One feature can be assigned to function keys to control rear overhead beacon light operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 96 Rear OHBL On Explicitly turn the Rear OHBL On Off Explicit Control The Rear OHBL intensity changes in response to Feature 96 function key presses Feature 96 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 169 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 10 1 CV 55 96 0 Rear OHBL Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear OHBL features Default Value 2 CV 55 96 0 Rear OHBL Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Effect Effect Reserved Reserved Feature Reserved 96 Function State e Default value 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal OHBL on e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear OHBL On Feature 92 function e Bits 4 and 5
86. Ditch Lights 85 All Explicitly turns the Ditch Lights On or Off See CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 99 of 257 23 Sept 2008 55 84 x Doppler Shift 65 FWD REV See section 1 11 Doppler Shift F6 in Forward and Reverse Dynamic Brakes 5 FDW REV See section 1 10 Dynamic Brakes F5 Key and Disconnect Flanges 215 FWD REV See section 1 12 Squealing Brakes and Flanges Squealing F7 in Forward or Reverse Brakes Flanges 216 FWD REV This feature is a combination of Squealing Flanges Squealing Brakes 215 and Air Brakes Brakes Air 176 If assigned to a function key and pressed Brakes when Air Brakes would not normally be functional i e throttle at some non zero setting squealing brakes would still be heard Front Cab 117 All Explicitly turns the Front Cab Lights On or Off Lights See CV 55 116 x Front Marker 105 All Explicitly turns the Front Marker Lights On or Off Lights See CV 55 104 x Front Number 101 All Explicitly turns the Front Number Board Lights On Board Lights or Off See CV 55 100 x Grade Crossing 154 FWD REV Plays a grade crossing scenario consisting of four horn blasts two long blasts one short blast and one long blast Headlight 71 All Explicitly turns the Headlight On or Off See CV 55 70 x Heavy Load 179 All See section 1 15 Heavy Load F9 in Forward or Reverse Horn 1 All See s
87. Example 3 want explicit rear marker lights on off control at all times At startup want the rear marker lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 106 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear marker lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 2 bit 1 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 107 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 189 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 15 CV 55 116 SI Front Cab Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control front cab lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 116 Automatic Front Cab Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Front Cab Lights 117 Front Cab Lights On Explicitly turn the Front Cab Lights On Off The front cab lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 116 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The front cab lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for front cab light automatic control are Forward Neutral from Forward Reverse Neutral from Reverse Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 116 1 Feature 116 has precedence over Feature 117 When the Feature 116 function state is 1 the Featur
88. F10 key announces a BEMF value between 20 and 56 Change CV 56 19 0 and CV 56 19 2 to achieve optimal performance 3 Medium Speed PID s Increase your throttle until the Status Report F10 key announces a BEMF between 56 and 125 Change CV 56 20 0 and CV 56 20 2 to achieve optimal performance 4 High Speed PID s Increase your throttle until the Status Report F10 key announces a BEMF greater than 125 Change CV 56 21 0 and CV 56 21 2 to achieve optimal performance e Transient Response Test Does the locomotive stop smoothly in DCC when the throttle is changed from full throttle to zero throttle quickly If it overshoots i e slows speeds up and then slows again when you lower the throttle quickly and the locomotive slows to its new speed then PID parameters need to be re adjusted see Hints below e It is also a good idea to test your PID settings under Analog operation to see if there is any overshoot or surging when the throttle is changed from full to just below V Start quickly RTC problems under DC operation almost always appear in DCC although they can have different characteristics e Set New Minimum BEMF Adjust CV 56 5 for the best possible low speed performance in RTC If your locomotive runs very smoothly and has good Very Slow Speed PID parameters the minimum BEMF can be reduced to 1 to achieve the ultimate low end speed Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 220 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 7 6 General Hints for Settin
89. Feature 73 74 and 75 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 73 74 and 75 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 113 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 4 2 CV 55 73 1 Automatic Reverse Light Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Reverse Light behavior Default Value 101 CV 55 73 1 Automatic Reverse Light Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity e Default value 01100101 binary 65 hex 101 decimal e Bits 0 1 specify the reverse light intensity in FWD bits 2 3 the intensity in NFF bits 4 5 the intensity in REV and bits 6 7 the intensity in NFR Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 7 Bit 6 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Reserved e The default settings specify the behavior FWD NFF REV NFR Dim Dim Bright Dim If the reverse light cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 114 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 4 3 CV 55 73 10 Reverse Light Dim Intensity For models with a dimmable Reverse Light this CV controls its dim intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 73 10 Reverse Light Dim Intensity
90. Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 202 of 257 23 Sept 2008 CV 55 154 5 Silent Period 3 Duration Use this CV to specify the duration of the third silent period Default Value e Valid values are 0 to 255 e The default value of 15 represents 1 5 seconds CV 55 154 6 Horn Blast 4 Duration Use this CV to specify the duration of the fourth horn blast Default Value 30 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 to 255 If the value of this CV is 0 the horn blast will not be played e The default value of 30 represents 3 0 seconds Example To specify a grade crossing signal consisting of two 3 5 second long horn blasts with a 2 0 second silent period in between set CV55 154 0 to 35 CV55 154 1 to 20 CV55 154 2 to 35 CV55 154 3 to 0 CV55 154 4 to 0 CV55 154 5 to 0 and CV55 154 6 to 0 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 203 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 21 CV 55 178 SI Status Report By default Feature 178 is assigned to output 12 F10 in CV 53 By default the Status Report announces the speed in scale MPH or scale KPH in forward and reverse 5 7 21 1 CV 55 178 0 Status Report Configuration Use this CV to select the type of information announced in the status report Default Value 1 CV 55 178 0 Status Report Configuration Bi
91. Move the locomotive to the start point 5 Reset the odometer to 0 by writing 0 to CV58 1 0 see note 3 6 Start the locomotive and run it through the calibration course Stop the locomotive at the stop point Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 211 of 257 23 Sept 2008 7 Have the locomotive report the distance traveled see notes 1 2 and 3 Save this value as Reported_Distance 8 Read out the current trim factor in CV56 9 Save this as Old_ Trim 9 Calculate the new trim factor as shown New_Trim Measured_Scale_Distance Reported_Distance Old_Trim 10 Set CV56 9 to the value of New_Trim 11 Repeat steps 4 thru 10 if desired Note 1 To have the locomotive speak out the odometer value in scale miles or scale kilometers set CV55 178 0 bit 4 to 1 Then press the F10 key If you want the odometer value in scale kilometers set CV56 0 bit 1 to 1 Note 2 You can also have the locomotive speak out the odometer value by writing 58 to CV64 1 0 CV64 is the CV Numeric Verbal Readout Set CV49 to 1 Set CV50 to 0 Set CV64 to 58 Note 3 Version 1 1 0 1 and later versions of QuantumCVManager make this easy to do Just select the Decoder menu item Odometer to display the Odometer dialog box There is one button for odometer read out and a second button for resetting the odometer Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 212 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 5 CV 56 10
92. Page 254 of 257 Flen a aaa as aN oa SS RS OR TN Directional Lighting eeeeeeeee Output Location CV 34 oe Forward FWD sssr Forward Trim CV 66 wee eee Function Keys eeesessesseseseseseseseeeeseeeeeseees Active in Consist CV 21 22 RORIZ Standard creerii a a FO F8 Standard eseeecesssessseeseseseseseseseeeseesescseseseseeneeeeeeees Features which can be assigned to Function KeyS s eeeeseee 100 Common Assignments Function Group Liisin err Function Key Outputs cece Troubleshooting ne sorse e e atna SE O A Gas Turbine Tro bleshootini t nereis ae aea 252 Turbine Whine Turbine Diesel Transition Grade Crossing sveivcs iccteasessdesineteieieinecaridierinindlecies Graph C5 Affect on Applied Motor Voltage e cecsceeesesssessssstseseseeeeeees CV 2 Affect on Applied Motor Voltage Speed Table Selections oo ccsesessssescsesesesesesseecsesesesesenseeeeeees Headlight civcsset sesso hivtedlveesadyevvevensd coe i a Automatic Headlight Configuration CV 55 70 1 vce ceesecscsescseseseseseseescscsesesens 110 Dim Headlight sc 2seec3 ccctetiiee a E RRT Dim Intensity CV 55 70 10 Initial State CV 55 70 0 wo Max Intensity CV 55 70 12 Troubleshooting cceeeecceseeeeees Heavy Load sorne a E E eects Helper Enah epe a a E a AS 47 48 Lead Locomotive 46 47 48 Mid Helpe iii nin scat i eer Hod Aa 46 48 HOM cosevessscvarucy oceocsssuantvonsonvesanovan ecsusev
93. REV NFF NFR 6 Feature Assigned to Output 6 Feature Assigned to Output 6 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 7 Feature Assigned to Output 7 Feature Assigned to Output 7 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 8 Feature Assigned to Output 8 Feature Assigned to Output 8 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 9 Feature Assigned to Output 9 Feature Assigned to Output 9 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 10 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 10 10 in FWD REV in NFF NFR 11 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 11 11 in FWD REV in NFF NFR 12 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 12 12 in FWD REV in NFF NFR 13 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 13 13 in FWD REV in NFF NFR 14 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 14 14 in FWD REV in NFF NFR e Tochange an output assignment do the following 1 Set CV 49 to the decoder Output Number 1 14 2 Set CV 50 to the Locomotive State 0 for Forward Reverse 1 for Neutral NFF NFR 3 Set CV 53 to the QSI Feature Identification Number see table next page e Certain features can only be assigned to an output for a specific state e Never assign the same feature to two or more outputs it is unclear what the effect will be since both outputs may have different states For instance if you assign the Blower Hiss to Output 5 and to Output 7 and Output 5 is off but Output 7 is on would Blower Hiss be on or off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 96 of 257 23 Sept 2008
94. Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 31 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 2 CV 2V Start V Start defines the voltage drive level applied to the motor at the first throttle speed step Use CV 2 to adjust the responsiveness of your locomotive at low throttle settings Default Value CV 2 V Start Register 2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 2 sets a start voltage for the motor to any value between 0 and 255 A value of 0 provides no offset while a value of 255 provides maximum starting voltage with no throttle range left CV 2 specifies how much of the available track voltage will be applied to the motor at the start of the throttle range as defined by the following equation Start Voltage Track Voltage x CV2 255 e The value of motor drive as a percentage of total track voltage is computed according to the formula below Applied Motor Voltage CV 2 CV5 CV 2 Speed Table Value for speed step 255 100 255 If CV 5 is less than or equal to CV 2 or CV 5 is set to 0 or 1 then 255 is used for CV 5 in the above equation The graph below shows the original curve plus the effect of an offset of 20 CV 2 51 and assuming CV 5 V High is set at its maximum value of 255 Note how CV 2 preserves the shape of the original speed curve but compresses it to fit between V Start and V High 120 100 80 60 40 20
95. Set Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 14 is Cab Lights Therefore F12 controls Cab Lights e You can specify that F12 control any of Outputs 7 13 in addition to or instead of Output 14 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row features you can specify that F12 control the following Bit0 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes OQ Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F12 4 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F12 Bit 1 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F12 q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F12 Bit2 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off gF Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F12 4 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F12 90 Write bit operation is supported for CV 46 91 Cab Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 3 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 14 see CV 55 138 Depending on your model
96. Status Report or Verbal Speedometer Readout begins the locomotive s sounds will reduce to one half their current volume settings Locomotive sounds return to normal volume when the report has ended Note The Status Report in Forward and Reverse can be configured to also report the Back EMF value and or motor Pulse Width Modulation PWM value See CV 55 178 0 Note In a consist all locomotives will simultaneously report their status when the F10 key is pressed unless disabled in CV 22 1 17 Alternate Horn Selection F11 Some prototype steam locomotives had both a steam whistle and an air horn The whistles worked best in areas where it was necessary for the sound to carry a long way while the horn was more useful in the city or fogy areas where it was easier to tell the location of the locomotive by its higher pitched sound Some diesels and electric locomotives used two horns for similar reasons The Alternate Horn Selection key allows you to choose between two Horn sounds on selected diesel or electric locomotives or between a Whistle and a Horn on steam locomotives e Press the Alternate Horn Selection key F11 to select between the alternate Horn and the primary Horn or the Whistle Hear a short hoot to indicate which one has been selected e Operate the selected Horn or Whistle with the F2 key Note The feedback hoots can be disabled enabled in CV51 2 Note Setting F11 to 1 selects the primary Horn or the Whistle Setting F11
97. Steam locomotive in Disconnect if the throttle is increased decreased the hissing sound of venting steam will get louder softer but the locomotive will not move Prototype Steam locomotives would sometimes vent steam in Neutral to clear rust debris from the super heaters that can affect the throttle Stage Two Standby 1 In Disconnect double press F9 to enter Standby You will hear a Long Air Let off followed by the Directional Lighting turning off The motor will remain disconnected while the Air Pumps automatic Steam Blower Cooling Fan operation Number Board Lights and Cab Lights will continue to operate 2 To leave Standby either double press the F6 Start Up key described in the Start Up section or double press F9 again to reach the final stage of Shut Down Total Shut Down In Standby the locomotive will not respond to the throttle or most function keys The three exceptions are the F6 Start Up Function Key described below the F8 Mute Key described above and the F10 Status Key described above Standby in Diesel locomotives called Low Idle has more utility than Standby in Steam and Electric locomotives It allows a Diesel to be left on a siding inactive with only the motor running at its special Low Idle sounds For Steam and Electric locomotives the locomotive will appear to be completely inactive except for Cab and Number Board lights occasional Air Pump sounds and Blower or Fan sounds Stage Three Total Shut Do
98. U E Sa an a a e a a AN a Automatic Mute Timeout Value CV 51 5 95 Bell SeleCE CVD 5381 tale escort eecdeesase a teveegtesente 107 Troubleshooting cee eeeeseseeeeseeeceeseeseeseeseeseeeseeaeeseeeees 252 MONIM C corse at eee ate ts 2 Bell Button BEMF to Scale MPH Trim CV 56 9 BEMFSC see Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control 13 Block Signal Control Blow DOWN eeceeseseseeeeesesesesesees Cab Ligh osna E E ER Automatic Cab Lights s ssssssssssessessesseessessessressess Configuration 0 0 0 Initial State eeeeeeeeeeeee Calibrated Speed Control CSC Troubleshooting 0 Calibrating BEMF to Scale MPH S LU ear RIEA BELE AEE ETE pt ee ee A EA Chuff Interval Scale Factor CV 56 12 219 Chuti Interval Trim CV 56213 veces cers stendccseseasoscoccertencosvisencts 220 GRU Rate fe feocsbeece ch 2 TE A T 219 220 Synchronization with Wheel Rotation 210 219 220 VOIUMGrescccscccscshesseronaseatyt ieteas lees N hares Ray UE alae es tah ena E Command Station cece Doppler Shift Activation FUNCUONSKEYS an a a a aa a Troubleshooting 34 0 sccscsnsceccesceencesceccnensiaceanavencensesaeennseaevts Programming CV29 uu eee Programming Extended Address sesesesesseteseseeeeees Programming Primary Address esesesssssseeseceseseeteteeeseseseeees 231 Recommended Command Stations ccseceececeseseeteteeeeeeeees 247 Service MOdG ossessi 2
99. V 55 80 6 109 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 136 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 7 CV 55 80 10 Rear Mars Light Dim Intensity For models with a Rear Mars Light this CV controls its dim intensity Default Value CV 55 80 10 Rear Mars Light Dim Intensity Depends on Locomotive Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 The default value is dependent on the model Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright In Ops mode with the Rear Mars Light dimmed you can observe the Rear Mars Light intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 80 10 Page 137 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 8 CV 55 80 11 Rear Mars Light Min Intensity For models with a Rear Mars Light this CV controls its minimum brightness when it s state is strobing Default Value 4 CV 55 80 11 Rear Mars Light Min Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 80 11 to a value less than the value of CV55 80 13
100. V 64 2 The decoder will respond something like C V three five equals four 3 If the decoder responds something like C V three one but not followed by equals and a value that means that the CV in this case CV 31 is not implemented e To hear the locomotive speak the value of a QSI Unique CV 1 Determine the Primary Index for the value you want to know If a Primary Index is required write the Primary Index number to CV 49 2 Determine the Secondary Index for the value you want to know If a Secondary Index is required write the Secondary Index number to CV 50 3 Write the number of the QSI CV to CV 64 4 The decoder will respond something like C V five two point eight equals five 5 If the decoder responds something like C V five two point 1 but does not follow this with equals and a value this means that the CV in this case CV 52 1 is not implemented e Writing either 17 or 18 to CV 64 will produce a verbal response indicating the full value of the Extended Address e The overall System Volume determines the volume for these verbal responses If you cannot hear the Ops Mode verbal responses you will need to turn up the System Volume see CV 51 0 e f you cannot hear verbal responses during Ops Mode programming check to see if you have activated the Mute feature e CV62 bit 2 controls whether decoder speaks out the CV number as well as the CV value Note While the Verbal Readout
101. WD REV NFF NFR FL f Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Light Directional Lighting Light Directional Lighting FL r Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Light Directional Lighting Light Directional Lighting F1 Bell on off if assigned Bell on off if assigned F2 Horn Whistle w Doppler Shift Horn Whistle F3 Coupler Crash Coupler Fire Coupler Arm Enable or Coupler Fire F4 Steam Blower Hiss Steam Blower Hiss Diesel Fans and Louvers Diesel Fans and Louvers Electric Cooling Fans Electric Cooling Fans F5 Dynamic Brakes Dynamic Brakes F6 Doppler Shift Locomotive Start Up F7 Squealing Brakes Flanges and Air Brakes Steam Cylinder Cocks Arm Diesel Long Air Let off Electric Long Air Let off Gas Turbine Diesel Transition F8 Audio Mute Audio Mute F9 Heavy Load Shut Down Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down F10 Status Report SMPH Status Report ID s etc F11 Alternate Horn Selection Alternate Horn Selection Number Board or Marker Lights on off Number Board or Marker Lights on off F12 Automatic Cab Lights Automatic Cab Lights 5 The FL Key is labeled FO Headlights Lights or Directional Lighting on some DCC controllers 6 FL f and FL r activate deactivate the automatic behavior of the Headlight Reverse Light and Hazard Directional Lighting regardless of which direction the train is moving 7 If the prototype did not have a b
102. a er ist Horn Whistle Bell Directional Directional Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupler Arm l Lighting Lighting Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 8 T 6 5 4 3 2 1 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 5 is the Coupler Crash Coupler Fire and Coupler Arm Therefore by default F3 controls the Coupler Sounds e You can specify that F3 control any of Outputs 1 4 and 6 8 in addition to or instead of Output 5 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F3 control the following features Bit0 Output 1 Directional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F3 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by F3 Bit1 Output 2 Directional Lighting QF The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by F3 as ba The Directional Lighting System is affected by F3 Bit 2 Output 3 Bell OQ The Bell is unaffected by F3 4 The Bell is affected by F3 Bit3 Output 4 Horn Whistle OQ The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F3 4 Horn Whistle is affected by F3 61 Write bit operation is supported for CV 37 62 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55
103. activated and the front number board lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 100 1 settings If the automatic front number board lights are deactivated for example by pressing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 101 function state turns the front number board lights on Example 3 want explicit front number board lights on off control at all times At startup want the front number board lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 100 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic front number board lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 0 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 101 to a function output Example 4 want the front number board lights to be on at all times But don t want them to be affected by function key presses Solution First set CV 55 100 0 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Then remove the automatic front number board lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 0 bit 0 to 0 Example 5 want the front number board lights to be on automatically in FWD and NFF and off automatically in REV and NFR But don t want them to be affected by function key presses Solution First set CV 55 100 0 to 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Then set CV55 100 1 to 00000101 binary 05 hex 5 decimal Finally remove the automatic front number board lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV
104. age 144 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 3 CV 55 84 2 Automatic Ditch Lights NFF Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in neutral from forward Default Value 0 CV 55 84 2 Automatic Ditch Lights NFF Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal off e Bits 0 and 1 specify the ditch lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe e If bit 2 1 the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in ditch lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 145 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 4 CV 55 84 3 Automatic Ditch Lights REV Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in reverse Default Value 0 CV 55 84 3 Automatic Ditch Lights REV Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal of
105. alid packets addressed to one of its addresses the locomotive s sounds are reduced to the CV51 1 Mute Volume Example Set the Automatic Mute Timeout Value to 10 100 seconds 3 Set CV 49 to 5 4 Set CV 51 to 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 93 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 5 CV 52 PI QSI Individual Sound Volume Control Use CV 52 to specify volume levels for individual Quantum sounds CV 52 Pl Individual Sound Volume Registers Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 V3 V2 V1 vo e CV 52 is implemented as a one dimensional table of up to 256 Individual Sound Volume registers with CV 49 used as an index to these registers Primary Index Table of Volume Levels 0 Volume Level for Sound 0 1 Volume Level for Sound 1 2 Volume Level for Sound 2 3 Volume Level for Sound 3 e Tochange the volume level of an individual sound do the following 1 Set CV 49 to the identifier for the individual sound see table next page 2 Set data in Bits 0 3 of CV 52 as follows age 4 15 No sound Sets volume level from the lowest level at 1 to the highest level at 15 e 4 bits of volume level are used providing 16 volume levels The volume levels correspond to 2db increments e All other bits are reserved Data in bits 4 7 are not used Any data entered in these bits will be ignored Example Set the bell volume to the 6 volume l
106. am CV 17 and CV 18 to Extended Address 5343 Convert 212 from previous example to binary 11010100 or hex OxD4 Enter this number in CV 17 Convert 223 from previous example to binary 11011111 or hex OxDF and enter in CV 18 Remember to change CV 29 bit 5 to 1 to allow the Extended Address operation see CV 29 To check Compute CV 17 192 256 CV 18 where 192 is the decimal equivalent of CV 17 with only the leading 1 s 11000000 Decimal 212 192 256 223 5343 Binary 11010100 11000000 100000000 11011111 1010011011111 5343 decimal Hex OxD4 0xC0 0x100 OxDF 0x14DF 5343 decimal where OxCO is the hex equivalent of 192 The following table shows examples for some common Steam locomotive cab numbers See if your calculations match the values in the table After you have calculated your ID numbers just follow the procedure below to enter your extended ID number 1 Find out if your command station accepts Decimal Binary or Hex inputs for CV entries 2 First enter CV 17 Most Significant Byte from the table below as a Decimal Binary or Hex number shown 3 Next enter CV 18 Least Significant Byte from the table below as a Decimal Binary or Hex number shown 4 Change CV 29 bit 5 to 1 to allow operation with your new Extended Address 5 Read your ID number back from your program track or verbally in Opts Mode to see if you entered the correct number Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver
107. an be used to apply Air Brakes to stop a moving locomotive more quickly than it would normally stop from the inertia settings ee 17 CV 4 and CV 24 determine the deceleration rate Applying the brakes increases the deceleration rate temporarily 18 If the optional Cylinder Cocks feature is not include in your model the F7 key will produce a long Air Let off 19 CV 4 and CV 24 determine the deceleration rate Applying the brakes temporarily increases the rate of deceleration Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 18 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 14 Audio Mute F8 Key You can reduce the System Volume to a lower level or increase it back to its original setting using the F8 key This is useful when you need to reduce the sound to engage in a conversation or to answer the phone 1 Set F8 to 1 All sounds including the Whistle Bells Motors and Chuff will gradually go off 2 Set F8 to 0 All sounds including the Whistle Bells Motors and Chuff will gradually return to normal volume If you have many locomotives operating at once you can reduce the volume on all those that are running in the back of the layout and increase the volume of the closest locomotive The Mute feature changes the sound gradually over a couple of seconds which allows the sound to increase or decrease realistically as the locomotive approaches or recedes from the observer The Mute state is not retained if track power is turned off On power up the locomotive returns
108. ant Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 91 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Cylinder Cylinder Heavy Load Std Alt Horn Coded Horn Decimal Binary Value Hex Cocks Cocks On Off Select Horn for Triggered Value Value Armed after Armed on Feedback Feedback Gas Doppler 25 seconds Startup Turbine in NFF NFR Start Up 0 00000000 00 X 1 00000001 01 X 2 00000010 02 X X 3 00000011 03 X 4 00000100 04 X X 5 00000101 05 X X 6 00000110 06 X X X 1 00000111 07 X 8 00001000 08 X X 9 00001001 09 X X 10 00001010 OA X X X 11 00001011 0B X X 12 00001100 0C X X X 13 00001101 0D X X X 14 00001110 OE X X X X 15 00001111 OF X 16 00010000 10 X X 17 00010001 11 X X 18 00010010 12 X X X 19 00010011 13 X X 20 00010100 14 X X X 21 00010101 15 X X X 22 00010110 16 X X X X 23 00010111 17 X X 24 00011000 18 X X X 25 00011001 19 X X X 26 00011010 1A X X X X 27 00011011 1B X X X 28 00011100 1C X X X X 29 00011101 1D X X X X 30 00011110 1E X X X X X 31 00011111 1F X 32 00100000 20 X X 33 00100001 21 X X 34 00100010 22 X X X 35 00100011 23 X X 36 00100100 24 X X X 37 00100101 25 X X X 38 00100110 26 X X X X 39 00100111 27 X X 40 00101000 28 X X X 41 00101001 29 X X X 42 00101010 2A X X X X 43 00101011 2B X X X 44 00101
109. asseas saneacousneousnseses 14 102 105 Troubleshooting s c 05s02 228 oseethieees a a s 252 Volume Horn Button Imperial Units Indexed CV s Shorthand Notation Individual Sound Identifiers ccc cece css csscsscsecsccscssessesssseseseees 97 neriak ch tec steed ites pe Mesto mae aaa 13 19 20 34 35 213 Labored Sounds see also Sound of Power cccceeeeeee 13 17 22 Lashups see also Consists E IAEE E E AAE A A IN D E ates Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control BEMFSC 00 13 213 Locomotive Scale CV 56 25 S1 oo ceccccessescssesescsecscseeecseeseseeees 228 23 Sept 2008 Long Address see also Extended Address c cccccseseseseseseseeeeeeees 42 Long Am EEO aa tate contdet N RAT 24 102 VOUME ee ee oP an a aaa 97 Magnetic Wand BIA AE E EE A E ANTAS ATE AEE 211 Manufacturer Unique CV s Manufacturer s ID CV 8 voce cece cccsccccscsscsscsscsecsscsccsesssssssseseeees Manufacturer s Version Number CV 7 39 Marker Lights iir i aane 102 Automatic Marker Lights Configuration eee Initial State ee Mars LIQKtix 3285 ates sarseete E T ANA EA 14 102 Automatic Mars Light 0 0 0 cccceeeceeseeeeeeeeeees 15 100 203 Configuration CV 55 76 1 4 oo 122 123 124 125 Dim Intensity CV 55 76 10 DimsMarssLight s 502 22 ss42s asec etaaveeees eadenstieoeiascanehedanereece Initial S tate CV 55 76 0 nccscocecevaesscctuacececesscdieesvsaedsdeenecabensdec
110. ation CV 46 ssssssssssosisissensssscssosisicreniisidsinsistirsesestis 84 F2 Horn Whistling in tenia ARENE Output Location CV 36 F3 Bell on some DCC controllers Coupler Sounds cee Output Location 37 F4 Blowerand FanSite aa 14 Output Location CV 38sen irssi i etei ieni 68 F5 DyNaMic Brakes c siccstsssseecanianaesrnarnieNw R 14 17 Output Location CV 39 s0 ess cnet Retina eee 70 F6 Doppler Shiite secin Neutral occas Output Location CV 40 StaIEU Piss wvenssustsssssesntecstecaseassessarvencslerdduanecvedcencensays F7 Air Bra KES tinnarona EA Troubleshooting iarere erens kariii eerie Cylinder Cocks ArM cccscceeeees Gas Turbine Diesel Transition Output Location CV 4I nnn ara ea A esseae Sque aling Brakes iro siterer ninkin F8 Doppler Shift MUtG vce cenvedescsavecchrenseretvensecans Output Location CV 42 F9 Heavy Load ngaahi a aa ek Output Location CV 43 Shut Down Shutdown ee Factory Default Settings ceseseseeseseceseseseseeeeeeseseseseseeeeeees Feature Identification NUMDEPS cece cece cescececeseescscesseseseseees 100 Firmware Information cccccccccccsscsecccscsscsecsscsecsesscssessens 234 235 FL see also F f and F r Fle LOGatiON CV 229 DIED cccscosssvezetencatensaeewettorsiacereuxedessoationatetee 53 Bet EEES E Directional Lighting Output Location CV 33 rannan AN 58 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0
111. ations with a top speed of 35 smph a standard freight locomotive with a top speed of 65 smph and a third standard locomotive for passenger service with a top speed of 100 smph Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 36 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 6 CV 7 Manufacturer s Version Number This is a read only CV that returns the major version number of the decoder s firmware Default Value N A CV 7 Manufacturer s Version Number Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Production release versions start with 1 If your locomotive has a 1 in this register your locomotive contains the first version of Quantum HO firmware A 2 in this register corresponds to the second version of Quantum HO firmware e This DCC Reference Manual describes CV s supported by version 7 firmware If your Quantum locomotive has a value of 1 6 in this CV version 3 1 of the DCC Reference Manual more accurately describes your locomotive s firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 37 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 7 CV 8 Manufacturer s ID This read only CV identifies QSI as the manufacturer or developer of the software used in the Quantum System Default Value 113 CV 8 Manufacturer s ID Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 e The value of this read only register is 113 which is the offi
112. atures can be assigned to function keys to control Rear Ditch Lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 88 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Ditch Activate Lights 89 Rear Ditch Lights On Explicitly turn the Rear Ditch Lights On Off 90 Rear Ditch Lights Dim Explicitly specify the Rear Ditch Lights be Dim Bright 91 Rear Ditch Lights Strobe Explicitly turn on off Rear Ditch Lights strobe The Rear Ditch Lights intensity Off Dim Bright Strobe can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 88 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The Rear Ditch Lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Bright Off Off Off The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 88 1 CV 55 88 2 CV 55 88 3 and CV 55 88 4 Feature 88 has precedence over Features 89 90 and 91 When the Feature 88 function state is 1 the Feature 89 90 and 91 function states are ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 88 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The Rear Ditch Lights intensity changes in response to Feature 89 90 and 91 function key presses Feature 91 Feature 90 Feature 89 Intensity Function Function Function State State State X X 0 Off 0 0 1 Bright 0 1 1 Di
113. ault Settings 0 Secondary Index SI CV 50 Value 1 Primary Forward Reverse only Neutral only Index PI CV 49 Value 1 Output 1 Multiple Automatic Lights Multiple Automatic Lights 1 1 136 136 2 Output 2 Multiple Automatic Lights Multiple Automatic Lights 1 1 136 136 3 Output 3 Bell 3 Bell 3 4 Output 4 Horn Whistle 1 Horn Whistle 1 5 Output 5 Coupler 211 Coupler 211 6 Output 6 Blower Hiss Fans 8 Blower Hiss Fans 8 7 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 5 Dynamic Brakes 5 8 Output 8 Doppler Shift 65 Start Up 144 9 Output 9 Squealing Brakes Air Long Air Let off 9 or Brakes 216 Arm Cylinder Cocks 6 10 Output 10 Mute 64 Mute 64 11 Output 11 Heavy Load 179 Disconnect Standby Shut Down 145 12 Output 12 Status Report 178 Status Report 178 13 Output 13 Alternate Horn Selection 2 Alternate Horn Selection 2 Multiple Automatic Lights Multiple Automatic Lights 2 2 137 137 14 Output 14 Multiple Automatic Lights Multiple Automatic Lights 3 3 138 138 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 103 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 CV 55 PI SI QSI Feature Configuration Use CV 55 to configure the behavior of Quantum features CV 55 is implemented as a two dimensional array of registers with both CV 49 and CV 50 used to access these registers The CV 49 Primary Index corresponds to QSI feature ID numbers 5 7 1 CV 55 3 SI Bell
114. ay want to write these numbers down and compute an average 133 This CV is currently available only in Q2 firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 210 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Adjust CV56 9 as discussed above until the measured speed matches the locomotive s reported speed Using a Stopwatch Use a tape measure to measure a distance on your layout Mark a start point and a stop point For best results get your locomotive up to the desired speed and put the locomotive into Heavy Load by pressing F9 Under Heavy Load the locomotive acts as if it has enormous inertia and will speed up or slow down very little under varying track conditions Have the locomotive report its speed from time to time You may want to write these numbers down and compute an average When the locomotive passes the start point start the stopwatch When the locomotive passes the stop point stop the stopwatch Calculate the locomotive s speed as Distance_Traveled Time Remember to convert your Distance_Traveled to miles and the Time to hours and multiply by the appropriate scale factor for your model e g 29 for Aristocraft G Scale For example if the Distance_Traveled is 40 feet 6 inches and the Time is 1 minute 30 seconds then the SMPH for 1 29 Scale is Distance_Traveled Time 40 5 feet 29 1 mile 5280 feet 90 seconds 1 minute 60 seconds 1 hour 60 minutes 40 5 29 5280 90 3600
115. but makes no sounds Your have Mute on or have turned down your System Volume or individual feature sound volumes You may have a broken wire to the speakers or a faulty speaker When turn up my throttle to higher values the locomotive does not speed up but instead the directional lighting comes on Your locomotive is set for 14 speed steps but your base station is set for 28 or 128 When turn on my lighting system with the FO or FL Key the Sometimes my locomotive slows down when blow the whistle or horn particularly at high volume levels Your locomotive is set for 28 or 128 speed steps but your base locomotive speeds up at low throttle settings station is set for 14 The Quantum Sound system takes additional power to blow the whistle or horn and this loads your power pack This can lower the voltage on the track and your locomotive will slow down Purchase a power pack with good line regulation to prevent this problem In Speed Control Mode there are no speed changes above certain throttle settings The top speed of your locomotive is dependent on the gear ratio load on the locomotive and the available voltage applied to the track Asking the locomotive to go faster results in no change See CV 56 10 BEMF to SMPH Scale Factor to change throttle range Under speed control do not get 1 scale mile per hour smph get a larger number about 5 to 10 smph Check your speed step setting on your bas
116. ccepts Decimal Binary or Hex inputs for CV entries 2 Set CV 49 to 129 3 Set CV 50 to 1 4 Set CV 56 to your short address Hear the address spoken back 5 Change CV 29 bit 5 to 0 to allow operation with your new primary address see CV 29 Example Set your locomotive s ID to the short address 23 1 Set CV 49 to 129 decimal 10000001 0x81 2 Set CV 50 to 1 3 Set CV 56 to 23 decimal 00010111 0x17 Hear CV One equals two three At this point the locomotive must be selected as 23 to proceed to step 4 If you were using the extended addressing to do steps 1 3 then set CV 29 to 34 decimal 00000010 0x02 for Primary Address Enable and 28 128 Speed Step Your locomotive s short ID is now 23 and ready to operate 140 Hex and Binary numbers are not shown in the following examples If you require Hex or Binary use the conversion table in Appendix IX Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 226 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Step by Step procedure for entering your long Extended Address in CV 56 129 in Ops Mode Oe Be NS Find out if your command station accepts Decimal Binary or Hex inputs for CV entries Determine the MSB and LSB for your Extended Address See CV 17 18 instructions and example Set CV 49 to 129 Set CV 50 to 17 Enter CV 17 Most Significant Byte as a Decimal Binary or Hex number required by your command station You will hear no verbal response Next enter
117. ccescessseedsccssees Jsetpetvetstesadstadevsneeeesieesedeents Automatic Rear Marker Lights c ccccsesesesesseseseseseeeeeeeeeeeeees Initial States oe Sac ceece snes Pavel a Rear Mars Gightin annsna Automatic Rear Mars Light Configuration CV 55 80 1 4 Dim Intensity CV 55 80 10 we Initial State CV 55 80 0 occ cssesecccsecscsscsscssesesseeseses Max Intensity CV 55 80 12 occ ccccesesssscsccesesesesesesecseeesesens Mid Intensity CV 55 80 13 Min Intensity CV 55 80 11 Strobe Period CV 55 80 6 Rear Number Board Lights c ccsscssesssssseeceseseeeseseeteeeeseseseees Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Configuration Initial State oo n Rear Overhead Beacon Light Configuration CV 55 96 oo Initial State CV 55 96 cccsccccssceccssevelsccothecssdodscceveosecceetousededene Max Intensity CV 55 96 12 occ eecesecscseseseseseseseescecsesesenees 23 Sept 2008 Min Intensity CV 55 96 11 oc eecccscseseseseseseseseeseeseesenees 177 Period CV 55 96 6 Recommended Reading ccecesecscsesececeseeeeeeeeteteeseeeeeeees 255 Reed Switch see Magnetic Wand Disables 322 evesedel stesscerveved E E dee hee 211 Regulated Throttle Control RTC occ cceesesesseeeeeseseseseees 13 54 213 Reset Reset Odometer ecececsssecececesesesesseseseseceseststetetetenenees Troubleshooting USING CV56 128 eee USING LIMP OL 3 62 2 he eee E E sce USING Magnetic Wand ssena aarin 26 REVEISCUREM I ei txcc
118. ce Mode Programming To perform Service Mode Programming place your locomotive on an isolated track called a Programming Track that is electrically insulated from the main line and separately connected to a special output from your Command Station There are two advantages to programming in Service Mode 1 On the Programming Track no Locomotive Address is required to program your locomotive This is important if you have forgotten your locomotive s ID numbers or have programmed them incorrectly This is also why programming must be done on an isolated track section Otherwise CV s of all locomotives on your layout would be programmed with the same value 2 On the Programming Track the locomotive responds with Service Mode Acknowledgements to command station requests to verify the contents of a CV In this way the command station is able to read back the current value of a CV This is important if you want to change a CV by some amount but need to know it s current value before you enter a new value Some Command Stations restrict the amount of power that can be delivered to the Programming Track to prevent damage to improperly installed aftermarket decoders If the decoder were wired correctly the Programming Track would provide enough power to allow it to be programmed If the decoder were wired incorrectly and a short circuit occurred the limited current from the command station would not be enough to damage the decoder allowing t
119. ce over Features 81 82 and 83 When the Feature 80 function state is 1 the Feature 81 82 and 83 function states are ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 80 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The Rear Mars Light intensity changes in response to Feature 81 82 and 83 function key presses Feature 83 Feature 82 Feature 81 Intensity Function Function Function State State State x X 0 Off 0 0 1 Bright 0 1 1 Dim 1 X 1 Strobe Feature 80 has precedence over Features 81 82 and 83 If the Feature 80 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 80 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 81 has precedence over Features 82 and 83 If the Feature 81 function state is 0 the Feature 82 and 83 function states are ignored Feature 83 has precedence over Feature 82 If the Feature 83 function state is 1 the Feature 82 function state is ignored Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 130 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 1 CV 55 80 0 Rear Mars Light Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Mars Light features Default Value 1 CV 55 80 0 Rear Mars Light Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature Feature Feature 83 82 81 80 Function Function Function Function State State State State
120. cial NMRA designation for QSI as a manufacturer of DCC decoders Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 38 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 8 CV 11 Packet Time Out Value The value in CV 11 is the maximum time the decoder will maintain its current speed without receiving a valid DCC packet Default Value CV 11 Packet Time Out Value Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 N A N A N A D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e If CV 11 has a non zero value and the locomotive receives no DCC packets addressed to the locomotive for that number of seconds then the locomotive will decelerate to a stop at a rate specified by CV 4 and CV 24 and will enter Neutral The usual Neutral Sounds will then be heard e When DCC packets addressed to the locomotive are again received the locomotive will respond to the DCC packet commands addressed to the locomotive It will remain in Neutral until a new speed packet is received at which time it will accelerate at the rate set in CV 3 and CV 23 e A value of zero will disable the time out function and the locomotive will continue to run at its last speed setting when it stops receiving packets addressed to the locomotive e The factory default is 1 which is interpreted as 1 second e The maximum value for CV 11 is 20 interpreted as 20 seconds If any value greater than 20 is written to this CV the new value is ignored and CV 11 retains its previous value e f both Power So
121. d Extended Address 53 Although the same number these two addresses are not the same and are treated differently by your locomotive and your Command Station See your Command Station Instructions to learn how to tell the difference between the two addresses e The Extended Address can be set either in Service Mode or Operations Mode Remember to change bit 5 of Configuration CV 29 to 1 to enable the Extended Address 3 9 1 Entering Extended Address into CV 17 and CV 18 Directly Most modern Command Stations allow the operator to input an Extended Address from 0 to 9999 directly in decimal format without having to individually enter data into CV 17 and CV 18 However if you have an older Command Station and need to program these CV s directly the following information will be helpful e CV 17 and CV 18 form a paired CV and it makes a difference how data is entered CV 17 the most significant byte must be written first followed by CV 18 the least significant byte If the order is reversed the Quantum decoder will not accept the values entered Bits A15 and A14 must both be assigned 1 which adds 192 to the value of the byte in CV 17 The remaining 6 bits of C17 and the 8 bits of C18 allow addresses to be assigned between 0 and 10 239 inclusive Any attempt to program an extended ID above 10 239 will be ignored To enter CV 17 and CV 18 by direct programming first divide the decimal address you intend to enter by 256 con
122. data F for Function Designation value Sign for plus or minus sign N A for Not Applicable meaning the user is not to enter data in these bits Output for assigning different Output locations for Function Inputs P for QSI Primary Index values S for QSI Secondary Index values V for audio volume data 0 Examples CV 1 Primary Address Register In addition QSI or NMRA pre assigned data for individual bits in CV registers are shown as their binary value 1 or Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 Bits 0 6 are data bits which specify the locomotive s seven bit Primary Address A zero means Do not attempt to write a 1 to this bit CV 49 Primary Index Register Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 PO Bits 0 7 are data bits which specify any of the possible eight bit Primary Index values CV 40 F6 Output Location for F6 Register with Factory Default Features Heavy Load Squealing Coupler Crash Disconnect Mut Brakes Air Doppler Dynamic Blower aan E Standby Total ue Brakes Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans aici ae Horn Whistle Shut Down Brake Set Coupler Arm Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Outp
123. decimal CV 55 137 2 Multiple Automatic Lights 2 Configuration Byte 2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rear Cab Front Cab Lights Lights 118 116 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 199 of 257 5 7 19 CV 55 138 SI Multiple Automatic Lights 3 The Multiple Automatic Lights 3 feature allows you to activate more than one automatic light feature with a single function key Select which lights you want to activate in CV 55 138 0 CV 55 138 2 and assign Feature 138 toa function output in CV 53 By default Feature 138 is assigned to output 14 F12 in CV 53 By default Multiple Automatic Lights 3 controls the automatic Front and Rear Cab Lights CV 55 138 0 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 Configuration Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Rear OHBL Rear Ditch Rear Mars Reverse Headlight OHBL 92 Ditch Lights Mars Light Light 70 96 Lights 84 Light 76 73 88 80 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal CV 55 138 1 Multiple Automatic Lights 3 Configuration Byte 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Step Reserved Truck Rear Front Rear Front Lights Lights Marker Marker Number Number 113 109 Lights Lights Board Board 106
124. dex Use CV 50 to specify the Secondary Index for a CV that is implemented as a two dimensional array Default Value 0 CV 50 Secondary Index Register SI Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0 e CV 50 is used along with CV 49 as an index into a two dimensional table of up to 256x256 related values CV 49 is the row index and CV 50 is the column index Secondary Index Primary Index 0 1 2 3 0 Value 0 0 Value 0 1 Value 0 2 Value 0 3 1 Value 1 0 Value 1 1 Value 1 2 Value 1 3 2 Value 2 0 Value 2 1 Value 2 2 Value 2 3 3 Value 3 0 Value 3 1 Value 3 2 Value 3 3 e For example CV 53 uses CV 49 as a row index 1 14 and CV 50 as a column index 0 1 to assign different QSI Features to each of fourteen outputs for two states Forward Reverse and NFF NFR Secondary Index Primary Index g 1 1 Feature Assigned to Output 1 Feature Assigned to Output 1 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 2 Feature Assigned to Output 2 Feature Assigned to Output 2 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 3 Feature Assigned to Output 3 Feature Assigned to Output 3 in in FWD REV NFF NFR 14 Feature Assigned to Output Feature Assigned to Output 14 14 in FWD REV in NFF NFR e In this document the terms CV 50 and Secondary Index mean the same thing SI i
125. dgement not used e Bit 4 Speed Table set by configuration variables 0 Speed Table not used 1 Speed Table set by CV 25 Quantum Speed Table selection When bit 4 of CV 29 is set to 0 a linear Speed Table is used by default e Bit 5 Extended Address Mode enable 0 The decoder responds to one byte Primary Address see CV 1 1 The decoder responds to a two byte Extended Address see CV 17 and CV 18 e Bit 6 Reserved for NMRA future use e Bit 7 Accessory Decoder 0 Multifunction locomotive decoder 1 Accessory Decoder Quantum decoders are Multifunction Decoders this bit cannot be changed Some command stations make it easy for you to change CV 29 one bit one at a time Other command stations require you to enter the value of CV 29 as a complete 8 bit byte The table below shows all the possible combinations of the five programmable bits supported by Quantum locomotives Where an X appears the feature is enabled and the corresponding CV 29 bit is a 1 The Binary Decimal and Hex values are shown for each combination Choose the features you want enabled and enter the corresponding number into CV 29 using the format recommended by your command station The default for Quantum decoders is shown in bold type Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 52 of 257 23 Sept 2008 CV 29 Common Settings
126. different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 3 92 Alternate Horn is available only on selected models Consult your Model s Operation Manual feature list 93 Number Board Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 2 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 13 see CV 55 137 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 2 94 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 82 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Output 10 Audio Mute OQ Audio Mute is unaffected by F12 4 Audio Mute is affected by F12 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down QO Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F12 Nil Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F12 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Output 12 Speed Report Status Report 0 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F12 ads Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F12 Output 13 Number Board Lights Qr Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are unaffected by F12 a Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are affected by F12 Outp
127. dlight Mars Light and Reverse Light change intensity depending on the direction of movement When you reduce the throttle setting to zero the locomotive comes to a complete stop and automatically enters Neutral You will hear special background sounds appropriate to its resting state If the locomotive was moving Forward the Headlight or operating Mars Light dims when it stops and enters Neutral This was common practice for prototype locomotives under Rule 174 You will hear a Short Air Let off whenever the locomotive enters Neutral If you leave your Steam locomotive in Neutral for at least 25 seconds and then slowly turn up the throttle the locomotive plays Cylinder Cocks sounds as it starts moving The Cylinder Cocks sounds automatically terminate after 16 repetitions or when the locomotive reaches a speed greater than 12 smph The direction of your locomotive changes when you press the direction key If the locomotive was moving at the time you pressed the direction button the locomotive slows at a speed determined by the deceleration setting in CV 4 come to a complete stop and then accelerates in the other direction as determined by the CV 3 acceleration setting CV 3 and CV 4 are described in the section Programming Configuration Variables Locomotive Directional States Quantum locomotives have four distinct Directional States Forward FWD If the locomotive is set to the Forward Direction and is moving it is in the Forward
128. due to insufficient power from your command station e This feature is only supported during Operations Mode programming It will not work during Service Mode programming e Use CV 50 to select between Short Address CV 50 1 High Byte Extended Address CV 50 17 and Low Byte Extended Address CV 50 18 e When CV 56 129 1 is written the data byte is written to CV 1 If programming acknowledgement is enabled you will hear CV 1 equals lt short address gt The data byte must be in the range 1 to 127 e When CV 56 129 17 is written the data byte is merely stored in temporary memory There is no verbal program announcement The data byte must be in the range of 0xCO to OxE7 e When CV 56 129 18 is written the two data bytes are written to CV 17 and CV 18 making the locomotive s ID the 2 byte address consisting of the byte written to CV 56 129 17 and the byte written to CV 56 129 18 If you want to verify the full address in Ops Mode set CV 64 to 17 or 18 and hear CV 17 or 18 equals lt long address gt Note When programming the Extended Address you must set CV 56 129 17 before you set CV 56 129 18 See the CV 17 and CV 18 documentation for description of how to compute and enter the MSB most significant byte and the LSB least significant byte of your Extended Addresses Step by Step procedure for entering your short Primary address in CV 56 129 in Ops Mode Find out if your command station a
129. e interpolated between each of the 28 data points to provide a smooth curve consisting of 255 points e The User Defined Speed Table must be enabled by setting CV 29 bit 5 to 1 and CV 25 bit 1 to O or 1 e Default Values CV Speed Step Default Value CV 67 Speed Step 1 0 CV 68 Speed Step 2 9 CV 69 Speed Step 3 18 CV 70 Speed Step 4 28 CV 71 Speed Step 5 37 CV 72 Speed Step 6 47 CV 73 Speed Step 7 56 CV 74 Speed Step 8 66 CV 75 Speed Step 9 75 CV 76 Speed Step 10 85 CV 77 Speed Step 11 94 CV 78 Speed Step 12 103 CV 79 Speed Step 13 113 CV 80 Speed Step 14 122 CV 81 Speed Step 15 132 CV 82 Speed Step 16 141 CV 83 Speed Step 17 151 CV 84 Speed Step 18 160 CV 85 Speed Step 19 170 CV 86 Speed Step 20 179 CV 87 Speed Step 21 188 CV 88 Speed Step 22 198 CV 89 Speed Step 23 207 CV 90 Speed Step 24 217 CV 91 Speed Step 25 226 CV 92 Speed Step 26 236 CV 93 Speed Step 27 245 CV 94 Speed Step 28 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 238 of 257 23 Sept 2008 6 3 CV 95 Reverse Trim Reverse Trim specifies a scale factor by which a voltage drive level should be multiplied when the controller is driving the unit in the Reverse direction Default Value 128 CV 95 Reverse Trim Registers Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The Reverse Trim factor preserves the sa
130. e 117 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 116 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front cab lights intensity changes in response to Feature 117 function key presses Feature 117 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 116 has precedence over Feature 117 If the Feature 116 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 116 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 190 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 15 1 CV 55 116 0 Front Cab Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Front Cab Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 116 0 Front Cab Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 117 116 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit O is the initial state of the Automatic Front Cab Lights Activate Feature 116 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Front Cab Lights On Feature 117 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 116 and 117 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 116 and 117 function states to be set to the values i
131. e 92 function e Bits 4 and 5 specify the OBHL effect Three effects are supported Bit 5 Bit 4 Effect 0 0 Blinking Light 0 1 Rotary Light 1 0 Strobe Light 1 1 reserved e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 92 function state to be immediately set to the new value e A start up operation causes the Feature 92 function state to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 165 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 9 2 CV 55 92 6 OHBL Period For models with a OHBL this CV controls its blink revolve or strobe rate Default Value 100 CV 55 92 6 OHBL Period Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 2 255 Each unit represents 0 01 second A value of 100 represents 1 00 second If the value of this CV is 0 or 1 a period of 0 02 second is used The CV value is the time for one complete blink revolve or strobe cycle of the OHBL to complete In Ops mode you can observe the blink revolve or strobe rate change as you change the value of CV 55 92 6 7 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 166 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 9 3 CV 55 92 11 OHBL Min Intensity For models with a OHBL this CV controls the minimum brightness of the Rotary Light effect or the bright time of the
132. e Year 02 2002 14 Retrieve Firmware Sound Set Number Low Byte 15 Retrieve Firmware Sound Set Number High Byte 16 Retrieve Firmware Last Modified Date Month 1 12 17 Retrieve Firmware Last Modified Date Day 1 31 18 Retrieve Firmware Last Modified Date Year 02 2002 e The Firmware Major Version Number can be retrieved from CV 7 Manufacturer s Version Number Example Retrieve the Product Model 1 Write 254 to CV 49 Write 4 to CV 50 Read back CV 56 Save the returned value as H Write 5 to CV 50 Read back CV 56 Save the returned value as L The Product Model H 256 L pO gs OS Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 228 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 13 CV 56 255 Play Build Information PI 255 Use this CV in Ops Mode to hear the locomotive speak out information about its firmware Default Value NA CV 56 255 Play Build Information Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 D3 D1 DO e Write data to CV 56 as follows O Play Product Model You will hear the Product Model number e g 300 or 400 This identifies the locomotive model and the sounds programmed into the software Play Firmware Version You will hear three sets of numbers separated by the word point The first number is the major version number the second is the minor
133. e above changes the directional lighting in your consist will operate like a single locomotive That is the FL key is on the Lead Locomotive Directional Headlight will be on all other Helper Headlights will be off and all Reverse Lights will be off If the consist is moving in Reverse only the End Helper Reverse Light will be on and the Lead Locomotive Headlight will either be off or Dim if the Dim feature is part of the Directional Headlight for your model 42 Since the default for directional lighting is off any helpers that did have their directional lighting on will be set to off if the power is turned off and back on or if the locomotive is shut down and started using the F9 and F6 keys Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 46 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 13 CV 23 Acceleration Adjustment Increases or decreases the Acceleration from the base Acceleration Rate in CV 3 Default Value 0 CV 23 Acceleration Adjustment Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Sign D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 23 can have any value from 127 to 127 where positive values will increase the acceleration time and negative values will decrease the acceleration time A positive value is indicated by a 0 in bit 7 while a 1 indicates a negative value e A positive value of CV 23 adds directly to the value of CV 3 by the formula below Seconds speed step CV 3 CV 23 0 896 N
134. e period of time during which the locomotive is in neutral and receives only Speed packets with speed step 0 e If the locomotive receives a Speed packet with speed step gt 0 or any non speed packet such as a Function packet or Configuration Variable Access packet then the idle time is immediately reset and the sounds return to their previous volume e idle time also includes the case where the locomotive receives no valid packets addressed specifically to its Primary Extended or Consist address This overlaps with the condition which triggers the CV11 Packet Timeout but CV51 5 is independent of CV11 and vice versa Either or both timeouts may be enabled and do not interfere with each other Example 1 Suppose CV11 10 and CV51 5 6 Suppose the locomotive enters neutral speed step 0 and the locomotive receives no packets other than Speed 0 packets After 60 seconds of this the locomotive s sounds are reduced to the CV51 1 Mute Volume Example 2 Suppose CV11 10 and CV51 5 6 The locomotive s speed corresponds to the last received Speed packet specifying speed step 30 The locomotive does not receive any valid packets addressed to one of its addresses After 10 seconds of this the CV11 Packet Timeout Value is exceeded and the locomotive automatically slows to a stop and enters neutral but the locomotive s sounds do not change in volume After the locomotive comes to a stop and after 60 additional seconds of receiving no v
135. e station To get 1 smph you need to be in 128 speed steps In Standard Throttle Control Mode there are no speed changes My locomotive operates with no problem in DCC but does not operate at all under Analog control Try a different speed curve or define your own to provide full above a certain throttle settings range of throttle motion Make sure Analog operation is enabled CV 29 bit 2 must be set to 1 My Lionel Gas Turbine will not operate over 25 smph under RTC or Speed Control This is correct for diesel operation This is an internal limit on top speed when the locomotive is under diesel operation The prototype would not travel over 25 mph under diesel power Switch to turbine operation to gain higher speeds F8 key on Digitrax does not mute the locomotive The Digitrax DT400 model we examined behaves incorrectly when the F8 key is pressed sending 1010DDDD instead of 1011DDDD Ask Digitrax for a Software Upgrade The F7 Key does not apply brakes Make sure your throttle is at speed step zero before applying brakes Also earlier Quantum systems only required that the F7 be pressed to trigger the brakes Later Quantum decoders required F7 to be on 1 before brakes will apply If F7 was already on when the throttle was turned down it will not automatically apply brakes Pressing it would turn F7 off 0 so a second pressing was required to turn in on Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 245
136. e throttle position exceeds V Start at which time the locomotive will gain speed e Ifthe value of this CV is 0 the locomotive does not maintain a minimum speed The locomotive may not move at very low speed steps e f your locomotive runs very smoothly under RTC at speed step one you may consider lowering the RTC Minimum BEMF value If your locomotive exhibits non smooth jerky behavior at speed step one you may want to increase the RTC Minimum BEMF value until operation is smooth e Before setting the minimum Back EMF make sure that V Start CV2 is not affecting the minimum speed at 132 speed step 1 At QSI we set V Start to provide minimum speed between speed step 1 and speed step 8 in the following way Setting CV 2 for Best RTC Minimum Speed Performance at Lower Speed Steps Place locomotive on a level section of track at least a few feet in length Set V Start CV 2 to 0 Set locomotive Throttle Mode to STC in CV 56 4 Set throttle to speed step 8 Unless your track voltage is very high your locomotive should be stopped Increase CV2 in increments until the locomotive starts to move Decrease CV2 until the locomotive stops Use this value for your CV2 setting Return to RTC in CV 56 4 With this CV 2 setting notice that your locomotive s minimum speed is maintained between speed step 0 and speed step 8 If the locomotive does not increase at speed step 9 you may want to increase CV 2 slightly See Appendix VI for
137. e two If this bit were 1 you would hear three two Programming Verbal Acknowledgement and CV Numeric Readout are available only during Ops Mode In Service Mode there is not sufficient track power to run the Quantum Sound System The overall System Volume determines the volume for these verbal responses If you cannot hear the Ops Mode verbal responses you will need to turn up the System Volume see CV 51 0 If you cannot hear verbal responses during Ops Mode programming check to see if you have activated the Mute feature 142 Write bit operation is supported for CV 62 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 233 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Example To Disable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement 1 Set CV 62 to 0 Example To Disable Programming Verbal Acknowledgement and specify CV Numeric Readout of the CV Value only 1 Set CV 62 to 4 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 234 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 235 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 11 CV 64 CV Numeric Verbal Readout Verbal CV Inquiry Use this CV to hear the locomotive speak the value of any CV as a decimal number This works only in Operations Mode Default Value CV 64 Numeric Verbal Readout Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e To hear the locomotive speak the value of a Standard NMRA CV 1 Write the number of the CV to C
138. eak your locomotive s running performance e The sixth section describes in detail additional NMRA standard CV s that you may find useful if you want to fine tune your locomotive s running performance e The appendices describe operation with different DCC Digital Command Stations troubleshooting and Applications Notes Most operations of Quantum equipped locomotives such as turning the Bell on and off changing direction blowing a Horn or a Whistle are the same across all locomotive types Special operations for different types of Quantum equipped locomotives are described in the Operation Manuals that come with the locomotives Any special features included in this Reference Manual will be described in sidebars or notes Please Note This reference manual completely describes all features currently available in DCC when operating a Quantum locomotive that has Q1a or Q2 Version 7 firmware If your locomotive has Version 6 or earlier firmware use the Quantum DCC Reference Manual Version 3 To determine you software version read the contents of CV 7 In Ops Mode set CV 64 to 7 and hear verbal response Many of the new features described in version 4 1 of this manual are currently available only with Q2 firmware supporting O Scale and G Scale locomotives and with Q2 Quantum Revolution firmware As new Quantum locomotives are introduced they may have features not found in earlier locomotives Check the Operation Manual that came with
139. ear Cab Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear cab lights to be on in all motive states FWD NFF REV and NFR Solution Set CV 55 118 1 to 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal Example 2 How will the rear cab lights behave if set CV 55 118 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic rear cab lights are initially activated and the rear cab lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 118 1 settings If the automatic rear cab lights are deactivated for example by pressing F12 so that the F12 function state is 0 then the Feature 119 function state turns the rear cab lights on Example 3 want explicit rear cab lights on off control at all times At startup want the rear cab lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 118 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear cab lights feature from multiple automatic lights 3 by setting CV 55 138 3 bit 1 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 119 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 197 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 17 CV 55 136 SI Multiple Automatic Lights 1 The Multiple Automatic Lights 1 feature allows you to activate more than one automatic light feature with a single function key Select which lights you want to activate in CV 55 136 0 CV 55 136 2 and assign Feature 136 toa function output in CV 53 By default Feature 136 is assigned to outputs 1 and 2 FL f and FL r in CV 53 By defaul
140. ear Marker Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Rear Marker Lights behavior Default Value 85 CV 55 106 1 Automatic Rear Marker Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal On in all motive states e If bit 0 1 the rear marker lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the rear marker lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the rear marker lights are on in REV e If bit6 1 the rear marker lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 188 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 14 3 CV 55 106 SI Rear Marker Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic rear marker lights to be on in FWD and REV but off in NFF and NFR Solution Set CV 55 106 1 to 00010001 binary 11 hex 17 decimal Example 2 How will the rear marker lights behave if set CV 55 106 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic rear marker lights are initially activated and the rear marker lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 106 1 settings If the automatic rear marker lights are deactivated for example by pressing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 107 function state turns the rear marker lights on
141. ected by F1 Bit 3 Output 4 Horn Whistle OQ The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F1 q Horn Whistle is affected by F1 55 Write bit operation is supported for CV 35 56 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 57 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 60 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire OQ The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F1 4 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F1 Bit5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans OQ Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F1 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F1 Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F1 mali Dynamic Brakes are affected by F1 Bit 7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F1 4 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F1 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 61 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 5 CV 36 Output Location for F2 This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by F2 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F2 while a 0
142. ection 1 7 Horn and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key Injector 14 NFF NFR_ When triggered Injector produces a sound sequence of water being injected into the boiler This can happen in any directional state but it is more obvious in Neutral The length of the Injector sequence is random Injector sounds are produced automatically in Neutral at random intervals so there is no need to assign this feature to a function key output unless you really want to Long Air Let off 9 All When triggered Long Air Let off produces an air release sound of about 1 5 seconds Use a Long Air Let off to simulate operating some steam appliances like power reverse or applying the brakes in Neutral on any locomotive Mars Light 77 All Explicitly turn the Mars Light On or Off See CV 55 76 x Multiple 136 All The Multiple Automatic Lights 1 feature allows Automatic you to activate more than one automatic light Lights 1 feature with a single function key See CV 55 136 x Multiple 137 All The Multiple Automatic Lights 2 feature allows Automatic you to activate more than one automatic light Lights 2 feature with a single function key See CV 55 137 x Multiple 138 All The Multiple Automatic Lights 3 feature allows Automatic you to activate more than one automatic light Lights 3 feature with a single function key See CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 100 of 257 23 Sept 2008 55 138 x
143. ell the bell feature is not assigned to F1 and no other feature is assigned in its place 8 Early Q1 BLI and Lionel locomotives used F9 for Cruise Control which was only available on locomotives equipped with S peed Control 9 There are three stages to Shut Down You double click the F9 key to advance to each stage Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 13 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 6 Automatic Features Automatic Quantum Features depend on the directional state of the locomotive Automatic Control can be enabled or disabled by their indicated function keys The state of each Automatic feature in each direction is shown in the table below for all locomotive types including steam diesel and electric Feature Function Key Forward Neutral from Forward Reverse Neutral from Reverse Headlight FO or FL Bright Dim Dim Dim Rear Tender Light FO or FL Dim Dim Bright Dim Mars Light FOorFL Strobing Steady On Steady On Steady On Ditch Lights FO or FL On Off Off Off Number Board Lights F11 On On On On Marker Lights F11 On On On On Cab Lights F12 Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds Off after 15 seconds On after 10 seconds Steam Blowers F4 Off after 10 seconds On after 10 seconds Off after 10 seconds On after 10 seconds i ae F4 On after 20 seconds Off after 10 seconds On After 20 seconds Off after 10 seconds Cylinder Cocks F7 lf armed plays Cylinder Cylinder Cocks armed If armed p
144. ept 2008 5 2 CV 49 QSI Primary Index Use CV 49 to specify the Primary Index for a CV that is implemented as a one dimensional or two dimensional array Default Value 0 CV 49 Primary Index Register Pl Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 PO e CV 49 is used as an index into a table of up to 256 related values Primary Index Table of Values 0 Value 0 1 Value 1 2 Value 2 3 Value 3 e For example CV 49 is used as an index for CV 52 which contains the volume levels for up to 256 Individual Sounds Primary Index Table of Volume Levels 0 Volume Level for Sound 0 1 Volume Level for Sound 1 2 Volume Level for Sound 2 3 Volume Level for Sound 3 e In this document the terms CV 49 and Primary Index mean the same thing PI is the abbreviation for Primary Index e We use a shorthand notation to simplify description of a CV that is composed of a one dimensional table of values The elements of the table are referred to as CV NN PI where NN is the CV number and PI is the Primary Index For example Individual Sound Volume 5 is written CV 52 5 During verbal acknowledgement or during CV Numeric Verbal Readout CV 64 from the locomotive it is spoken out as CV five two point five Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 86 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 3 CV 50 QSI Secondary In
145. erms and increase the Differential terms for the Slow Speed Medium Speed and High Speed ranges Adjustments of the Differential term for Very Low Speed will probably have no effect on transient performance Try to bring the differential terms closer to the same value for the three top ranges Do the same for the Proportional term You will probably have the best luck with the Differential term in adjusting transient performance The larger the Differential term the less overshoot or surging the locomotive will do as it slows to it lower speed or stops However a large Differential term can result in steady state surging at some speeds Always go back and check your steady state speed performance after optimizing your transient behavior In some cases it is best to ignore all the above We have seen locomotives that do not fit neatly into the above set of rules You may want to experiment using your own intuition knowledge and methodology If you do obtain a good set of PID parameters please let us know or publish for the rest of the railroad community Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 221 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 8 CV 56 24 SI Wheel Diameter PI 24 SI 0 1 Use this CV to specify the locomotive s wheel diameter to 0 001 of an inch Default Value NA The wheel diameter requires 2 bytes CV56 24 0 is the least significant byte and CV56 24 1 is the most significant byte CV 56 24 0 Wheel Diameter Low Byte Register B
146. es Inc You will not make or have made or permit to be made any copies of the Hardware Software Firmware code or any portions thereof You are not to modify adapt translate reverse engineer de compile disassemble or create derivative works based on the Hardware or Software Firmware Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark practice including identification of trademark owner s name The Quantum Hardware Software and Firmware are covered by U S Patent No 4 914 431 5 184 048 5 267 318 5 394 068 5 448 142 5 633 985 5 832 431 5 896 017 5 940 005 and other US and Foreign patents pending No Other Rights QSIndustries Inc retains ownership of the Quantum Hardware design and operating Software Firmware code Except as stated above this agreement does not grant you any rights to intellectual property rights to the Quantum Software Firmware or Hardware The use of any trademarks as herein authorized does not give you any rights of ownership in that trademark Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 252 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Index Acceleration Adjustment CV 23 c cccccceseseseseseeeees 41 45 49 54 Acceleration Rate CV 3 Accessory DECOde Eis ccssnsecccsenasseresastis nen a a aR Acknowledgement Advance dies a ada a a ar Service Mode Air Pumps AOTAN EA E EA PEENE EN EEEE TEE 96 97 Alternate Horn Analog Operations eeh ieaie ia rei eotie Troubleshooting Aaa Men A aa Automatic F ea
147. es are subject to change without notice Broadway Limited is a trademark of Broadway Limited Inc Lionel is a registered trademark of Lionel LLC QSI is a registered trademark of QSIndustries Inc Sound of Power Quantum QARC and Quantum Analog Remote Control are trademarks of QSIndustries Inc All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders QSI makes no representations or warranties with respect to this publication In no event shall QSIndustries Inc be liable for any damages direct or incidental arising out of or related to the use of this publication Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 257 of 257 23 Sept 2008
148. ese Max Intensity CV 55 76 12 Mid Intensity CV 55 76 13 Min Intensity CV 55 76 11 Strobe Mars Light Strobe Period CV 55 76 6 CEG NTS is OST cals Med Pe eee Sata SA ese Mn Scala te ultiple Automatic Lights 1 GONMQUIAUON cachet hin cst EEES AE AEE ultiple Automatic Lights 2 Configuration 0 ultiple Automatic Lights 8 Configuration oo eeeeseeeeeeeees ultiple Heading see also Consist ultiple Units MU s see also Consist oo ceesessseeseseseseseeseeeees 45 MUE ceo cssed stewie eo haee A ES 14 20 46 103 105 239 242 252 Automatic Timeout CV 51 5 ccc cccsscsecsscsecsecscesessesssseseses 95 MuteVolumeAGV SLi ss r dicen dliitestiausscudasaneieed 91 Programming a Long Address ccesesecesseseseseceeeeeeeees 250 Returning to the Short Address Neutrali nen na a Neutral From Forward NFF Neutral From Reverse NFR AE PEE EEE CV s Supported by Quantum ss ssssssssssessessssssesressesssesressesssesresse INO T 1A E AAT E EA E E E AEE Null Output Feature Number Board Lights Automatic Number Board Lights 0 15 100 204 CONMGUIA TON saen a E 181 Initia S tates sect sx econ E a Me O bears oo 180 O C0016 A Res en OS Sr ETOD EEO 236 Odometer Mode 211 237 Odometer Readout a eat aaa ias 209 236 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 255 of 257 Reset Odometer
149. eset all QSI CV s 255 Reset all CV s e Write the QSI Manufacturer Number 113 to CV 56 to execute the reset operation e In Operations Mode you will hear Reset spoken when the reset operation completes Note Reset all CV s may not work correctly in Service Mode on some command stations because the command station may turn off the track power before the operation is complete If this happens reset CV s in separate groups or use Ops Mode Programming Example Reset Quantum decoder to original factory defaults i e Reset all CV s 1 Set CV 49 to 128 2 Set CV 50 to 255 3 Set CV 56 to 113 In Ops Mode you will hear Reset when reset is competed Example Reset the Individual Sound Volumes to factory defaults 1 Set CV 49 to 128 2 Set CV 50 to 52 3 Set CV 56 to 113 1a Q2 firmware built after 1 une 08 only supports SI 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 225 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 11 CV 56 129 Locomotive ID Access PI 129 Default Value CV 56 129 Locomotive ID Access Register N A Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this index with CV 56 if your controller will not allow you to program your locomotive s ID on the main and programming on the programming track is impossible
150. evel and then set the Horn Whistle volume to 10 level i e set CV 52 8 to 6 followed by setting CV 52 0 to 11 1 Set CV 49 to 8 to select the Bell sound De Set CV 52 to 6 to select the 6th volume level for the Bell 3 Set CV 49 to 0 to select the Horn Whistle sound 4 Set CV 52 to 10 to select the 10th volume level for the Horn Whistle Example For dual Air Pump Steam Locomotives turn the volume off on one pump to create single pump action 1 Set CV 49 to 17 to select the second pump sound 2 CV 52 to zero to select no volume Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 94 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 5 1 Individual Sound Identifiers Primary Index CV 49 Sound Typical Default value Levels 0 Horn Whistle 11 8 Bell 11 10 Chuff Diesel Motor Traction 11 Motor 11 Chuff 2 Articulated Steam 11 Locomotives Only 13 Gas Turbine Whoosh 11 14 Turbo 11 15 Cylinder Cocks or Gas Turbine 11 Whine 16 Air Pump 1 11 17 Air Pump 2 Steam Locomotives 11 Only 19 Steam Blower Hiss Fans 8 11 21 Long Air Let off 11 22 Short Air Let off 11 24 Squealing Brakes 11 26 Steam Dynamo Diesel Generator 11 28 Dynamic Brakes Fans 11 29 Boiler Pop off 11 30 Blow down 11 31 Injector 11 34 Coupler Sounds 11 37 Air Brakes 11 40 Alternate Horn Volume 11 46 User Sound Effect Volume 11 97 Default levels for individual sounds may be set to different levels at the factory then are
151. everse unless the locomotive is traveling over 9 smph 14 It would be inconsistent for the Electric Locomotive to be working at full Sound of P ower while brakes are being applied in other locomotives within the same consist 15 It would be inconsistent for the Steam Locomotives to be working at full Sound of P ower while brakes are being applied in other locomotives within the same consist Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 16 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 11 Doppler Shift F6 in Forward and Reverse There are two ways to initiate the Doppler Shift effect 1 11 1 Horn Button Method If your controller has a horn button in addition to the F2 key press the horn button to turn on the Horn Whistle while the locomotive is moving towards you Wait at least one second while the Horn Whistle is blowing Release and re press the horn button quickly so the Horn Whistle does not shut off You will hear the Horn Whistle and other locomotive sounds increase in volume and shift in pitch as the locomotive passes by and then reduce in volume Release the horn button or continue blowing long and short blasts Five to seven seconds after releasing the horn button the sounds will gradually return to normal 1 11 2 F6 Doppler Shift Operation Method Start the Horn Whistle by pressing and releasing the F2 key Press F6 as the locomotive is moving towards you The Horn Whistle and other locomotive sounds increase in volume and shift in pitch as the locomot
152. ey presses Feature 105 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 104 has precedence over Feature 105 If the Feature 104 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 104 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 182 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 13 1 CV 55 104 0 Front Marker Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Front Marker Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 104 0 Front Marker Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 105 104 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit O is the initial state of the Automatic Front Marker Lights Activate Feature 104 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Front Marker Lights On Feature 105 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 104 and 105 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 104 and 105 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 183 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 13 2 CV 55 104 1 Automatic Front Marker Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automat
153. f e Bits 0 and 1 specify the ditch lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe e If bit 2 1 the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in ditch lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 146 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 5 CV 55 84 4 Automatic Ditch Lights NFR Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in neutral from reverse Default Value 0 CV 55 84 4 Automatic Ditch Lights NFR Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal off e Bits 0 and 1 specify the ditch lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe e If bit 2 1 the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in ditch lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 147 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 6 CV 55 84 5 Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time U
154. f a Feature 76 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 77 has precedence over Features 78 and 79 If the Feature 77 function state is 0 the Feature 78 and 79 function states are ignored Feature 79 has precedence over Feature 78 If the Feature 79 function state is 1 the Feature 78 function state is ignored Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 118 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 1 CV 55 76 0 Mars Light Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Mars Light features Default Value 1 CV 55 76 0 Mars Light Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature Feature Feature 79 78 77 76 Function Function Function Function State State State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Mars Light Activate Feature 76 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Mars Light On Feature 77 function e Bit2 is the initial state of the Mars Light Dim Feature 78 function e Bit 3 is the initial state of the Mars Light Strobe Feature 79 function e Awrite to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 76 77 78 and 79 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 76 77 78 and 79 functio
155. g PID Parameters Choosing the correct PID parameters is more an art form than a science Here are some general rules based on our experience that will get you close to the best performance 1 We usually set the Proportional term P between 4 and 16 High values can cause overshooting or surging when the throttle is changed quickly and low terms can result in poor response time Higher values of P are generally used at the Very Slow Speed and Slow Speed BEMF ranges We have seldom set P above 20 for the High Speed range 2 The Differential term D is usually set between 1 and 100 with some notable exceptions as high as 150 The very high values for D are best at the Very Slow Speed range while moderate D values are better at the higher BEMF ranges 10 to 60 High values of D help at slow speeds since this term compensates for rapid changes in speed that can occur from gear binding or minor obstacles such as misaligned track joints At higher speed high values of D are less significant since the flywheel momentum will often keep the locomotive moving despite minor gear issues Too high a value of D will result in surging This effect is sometimes very subtle Carefully watch your train for any slight changes in steady state speed as it moves around that track oval Too high a Proportional term can also cause steady state surging 3 If your locomotive fails the Transient Response test try lowering the Proportional t
156. ghts Shut Down Cocks Long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default settings for Output 11 are Heavy Load for a moving locomotive and Disconnect Standby Shut Down for a locomotive in Neutral Therefore by default F9 controls Heavy Load and Disconnect Standby Shut Down Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives e You can specify that F9 control any of Outputs 7 10 and 12 14 in addition to or instead of Output 11 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row features you can specify that F9 control the following BitO Output 7 Dynamic Brakes OQ Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F9 4 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F9 Bit 1 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F9 adr Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F9 Bit2 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off OQ Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F9 le Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Fo
157. hat the slightly faster locomotive does all the pulling work while the slightly slower locomotive is dragged along Under CSC the following CV s have no meaning and are not used CV 2 V Start CV 5 V High CV 25 Speed Table Selection CV 66 Forward Trim CV 95 Reverse Trim and CV 67 CV 94 User Defined Speed Tables 129 CV56 4 1 was the setting for Speed Control and CV 56 4 2 was the setting for RTC on early Quantum 1 factory equipped locomotives 130 Both CSC and BEMFSC are not available in Q1a or Q2 firmware due to threatened litigation from Mike s Train House MTH 131 Because of the way the NMRA has set up speed steps the actual scale speed is 1 smph less than the speed step i e Speed Step 2 1 smph Speed Step 3 2 smph etc Most Command Stations display the throttle setting as 1 less than the speed step i e Speed Step 2 Throttle Setting 1 Speed Step 3 Throttle Setting 2 etc For those command stations the throttle setting is equal to scale miles per hour Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 207 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control BEMFSC This is a non calibrated speed control technique where each speed step corresponds to a specific BEMF target value The speed control circuitry adjusts the power applied to the motor in order to minimize the difference between the measured BEMF and the target BEMF BEMFSC has the same problem with locomotives in a consist as does CSC The foll
158. hat DCC applies full voltage to the track at all times and controls the speed and functions of different locomotives by addressing each locomotive separately using assigned locomotive ID numbers Because each locomotive can be addressed separately you can independently control speed lights and sounds on different locomotives on the same powered track DCC provides features and opportunities that are usually not available under conventional Analog Control but does require you to commit to a new and more complex operating system All Quantum equipped locomotives operate using NMRA DCC control The three most common locomotives are Steam Diesel and Electric although others such as trolleys powered commuter cars subways etc can be operated under DCC as well Quantum equipped locomotives have been designed to operate directly out of the box under NMRA standards for either conventional Analog DC operation or Digital Command Control There are no switches in the locomotive that need to be set to select the type of control system The Quantum System responds directly to the type of signal on the track 1 The Electrical and Communication Standards were adopted by the NRMA in Portland OR in J uly 1994 The basic Recommended Practices RP s were accepted in 1995 in Atlanta Georgia and the Service Mode RP s were established in 1996 2 Quantum systems use an advanced Analog control system called QARC Quantum Analog Remote Control Technol
159. he operator another chance to wire it correctly To accommodate command stations that restrict power during Service Mode programming the Quantum System reduces its power consumption to a minimum by shutting off all lights sound and other operations during Service Mode operation Even so a Quantum Sound Decoder still requires more current than most non sound decoders If your Quantum System will not program with your particular command station you may need to program on the Main Ops Mode Programming You can also purchase from Tony s Train Exchange a simple inexpensive power booster PowerPak by DCC Specialties that will allow you to program on the program track with any DCC command station Note Some Command Stations will not operate Quantum Systems in Service Mode due to insufficient power output or timing problems Check the appendices for a listing of recommended command stations If you cannot operate in Service Mode use Ops Mode programming 27 All four methods are supported Address Only Mode Physical Register Addressing Mode Paged CV Addressing Mode and Direct CV Addressing Mode 28 Tony s Train Exchange 1 800 978 3472 info ttx dcc com Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 24 of 257 23 Sept 2008 2 2 Operations Mode Programming Operations Mode Programming is also called Ops Mode Programming or Programming on the Main In this programming mode you do not move your locomotive to an isolated program
160. he Rear Ditch Lights Strobe Feature 91 function e If bit 4 1 under explicit control the Rear Ditch Lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Rear Ditch Lights are already strobing no change in Rear Ditch Lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows Bit 4 is applied even if the Feature 89 function state is 0 but is ignored if the Feature 88 function state is 1 e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 88 89 90 and 91 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 88 89 90 and 91 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 154 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 2 CV 55 88 1 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights FWD Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Rear Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in forward Default Value 0 CV 55 88 1 Automatic Rear Ditch Lights FWD Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal off e Bits 0 and 1 specify the Rear Ditch Lights intensity e If bit 2 1 the Rear Ditch Lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in Rear Ditch Lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows
161. he Strobe Light effect Default Value 4 CV 55 96 11 Rear OHBL Min Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 96 11 to a value less than the value of CV55 96 12 In Ops mode with the Rotary Light effect you can observe the intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 96 11 When the Blinking Light effect is selected this CV is not used When the Strobe Light effect is selected this CV represents the time the light is in its brightest state Each unit represents 0 01 second A value of 4 represents 0 04 second If the value of this CV is 0 or 1 a bright time of 0 02 second is used If the value of this CV is greater than the value of CV56 96 6 a bright time the value of CV56 96 6 is used In Ops mode with the Strobe Light effect you can observe the bright time change as you change the value of CV 55 96 11 121 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 172 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 10 4 CV 55 96 12 Rear OHBL Max Intensity For models with a 256 intensity level Rear OHBL this CV controls its brightest intensity Default Value 255 CV 55 96 12 Rear OHBL Max Intensity Bit 7 Bi
162. he automatic rear ditch lights to be off in all four motive states But want the rear ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in FWD only Further want this behavior even if FL is 0 Solution First set CV 55 88 0 to 1 Then set CV 55 88 1 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Set CV 55 88 2 CV 55 88 3 and CV 55 88 4 to 0 Finally remove the Automatic Rear Ditch Lights feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 5 to 0 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 163 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 9 CV 55 92 SI Overhead Beacon Light One feature can be assigned to function keys to control overhead beacon light operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 92 OHBL On Explicitly turn the OHBL On Off Explicit Control The OHBL intensity changes in response to Feature 92 function key presses Feature 92 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 164 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 9 1 CV 55 92 0 OHBL Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the OHBL features Default Value 2 CV 55 92 0 OHBL Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Effect Effect Reserved Reserved Feature Reserved 92 Function State e Default value 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal OHBL on e Bit 1 is the initial state of the OHBL On Featur
163. he powerful Dynamic Brake Cooling Fans e Pressing F5 in Neutral does not turn the Dynamic Brake Fans on unless the locomotive is in Disconnect see F9 Disconnect below Electric Locomotives Early Electric locomotives did not have Dynamic Brakes However the Dynamic Brake function has been included to make Electric locomotives consistent with other Quantum equipped locomotives e Pressing F5 in Forward Reverse will set the Electric Traction Motor Sound of Power to the lowest setting allowing these early Electric locomotives to behave consistently with other locomotives that do have Dynamic Brake sounds in multiple unit Consists e If an Electric locomotive does have Dynamic Brakes with resistor grids and cooling fans the locomotive will behave in a similar manner to Diesels Steam Locomotives Prototype Steam locomotives do not have Dynamic Brake sounds However the Dynamic Brake function has been included to make Steam locomotives consistent with other Quantum equipped locomotives e Pressing F5 in Forward Reverse will set the Steam Exhaust Sound of Power to the lowest setting allowing the Steam locomotive to behave consistently with other locomotives that do have Dynamic Brake sounds in multiple unit Consists The Dynamic Brakes feature automatically turns off when entering or leaving Neutral or the speed of the locomotive drops below 8 smph or if the throttle is turned up The Dynamic Brakes cannot be turned on in Forward or R
164. he value of this CV For example suppose that your locomotive reports that it is moving 30 mph but that you measure its speed by some other means to be 35 mph To correct this set CV56 9 to 149 The 149 is arrived at by the following calculation Measured_Speed Reported_Speed Current_CV56 9 35 30 128 1 167 128 149 Suppose that now the locomotive reports that it is going 36 mph when it is actually going 35 mph You can further adjust the mapping by setting CV56 9 to 145 according to the calculation Measured_Speed Reported_Speed Current_CV56 9 35 36 149 0 972 149 145 5 8 4 1 Calibrating BEMF to SMPH Here are three ways you can calibrate your locomotive s BEMF to SMPH mapping Two methods involve measuring your locomotive s actual speed and comparing with the locomotive s reported speed One method involves comparing the actual distance the locomotive travels with the distance it reports it travels Using a Commerical Speedometer Measure your locomotive s speed using a device similar to one available from http www tonystrains com products tdp assoc_speed htm For best results get your locomotive up to the desired speed and put the locomotive into Heavy Load by pressing F9 Under Heavy Load the locomotive acts as if it has enormous inertia and will speed up or slow down very little under varying track conditions Have the locomotive report its speed from time to time You m
165. ht intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 76 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 125 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 8 CV 55 76 11 Mars Light Min Intensity For models with a Mars Light this CV controls its minimum brightness when it s state is strobing Default Value 4 CV 55 76 11 Mars Light Min Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 76 11 to a value less than the value of CV55 76 13 e In Ops mode with the Mars Light strobing you can observe the intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 76 11 106 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 126 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 9 CV 55 76 12 Mars Light Max Intensity For models with a Mars Light this CV controls its intensity when it s state is bright or strobing Default Value Bit 7 CV 55 76 12 Mars Lig Bit 6 255 ht Max Intensity Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 76 12 to a value greater than
166. i i Direction Key isierrsrerit nn sesnis Directional Lighting ceeseseeeeeeeeeeeees Disconnect Ditch Lights Automatic Ditch Lights 00 00 cece e 15 100 203 Configuration CV 55 84 1 4 147 148 149 150 Dim Ditch Lights eeeeeseseeeeeeeeeees Dim Intensity CV 55 84 10 0010000000 Initial State CV 55 84 0 vo Max Intensity CV 55 84 12 oc cccceesesscscssseseseseseseseeecsesenees Strobe Ditch Lights nenin annainn r Strobe Hold Time CV 55 84 5 Strobe Period CV 55 84 6 eee Doppler Shift 5 2 2 2 0 cscaserccedezevserershedehaevs HOW O THOQET 0 e aa ee eel iets e s Double Pressiin n a eias Dynamic Brakes s 2 sesveesevesdicetsesecessdecseresacsbereeees MOMMIES ehevascea a r A A T a EAEn DYNAMO einen in e a r a aT MOMIMG ARE AA EAEE EEREN E ERSTA 23 Sept 2008 E Engine Makes No Sounds eeeeeseeseeeeeeeneeseeseeseeeeseteeneesees Extended Address CV 17 18 ccccccccccscssesescescseseeseseeees Alternate Ops Mode Procedure Troubleshooting onen nnt a eii e a e E R ii F OETA D E A EEE A ETE AS 14 F1 Bel hess sens sdeweecats enter han aaa a e En 14 16 QutputLocation CV 35 keserin oeii i eein 62 F10 Output Location CV 4A isione nn 80 StatlsiRepOMe ss cielovtesseaia a EREE ES 14 21 F11 Alternate Horn Selectionu cccccccccsscecccscescsscssseeceees 14 21 E sired Ravine ceca tale Output Location CV 45 F12 Lii adodson ERa E E RR 14 Output Loc
167. ic Front Marker Lights behavior Default Value 85 CV 55 104 1 Automatic Front Marker Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal On in all motive states e If bit 0 1 the front marker lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the front marker lights are on in NFF e If bit 4 1 the front marker lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the front marker lights are on in NFR Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 184 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 13 3 CV 55 104 SI Front Marker Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic front marker lights to be on in FWD and REV but off in NFF and NFR Solution Set CV 55 104 1 to 00010001 binary 11 hex 17 decimal Example 2 How will the front marker lights behave if set CV 55 104 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal Answer The automatic front marker lights are initially activated and the front marker lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 104 1 settings If the automatic front marker lights are deactivated for example by pressing F11 so that the F11 function state is 0 then the Feature 105 function state turns the front marker lights on Example 3 want explicit front marker lights on off control a
168. ic operations and return all feature function states to their initial states as specified in CV55 Note Whenever F6 Start Up key is double pressed in Neutral for a steam locomotive the Cylinder Cocks will be armed Cylinder Cocks sounds will play when the throttle is turned up to leave Neutral 1 20 Function Key Operation in Neutral Some function keys used in Forward and Reverse will have different effects when used in Neutral e Pressing F6 results in Doppler shift for a moving locomotive but activates Start Up in Neutral e The F7 key produces Squealing Brake Sounds or applies brakes for a moving locomotive but produces a Long Air Let off in Neutral in Diesels or enables Cylinder Cocks in Steam locomotives e Pressing F9 turns on off the Heavy Load feature in a moving locomotive but activates Shut Down in Neutral 24 Double pressing ensures that Start Up is not entered or exited accidentally Doubling pressing is defined as two F6 presses within two seconds Note that the F6 Key may have to be pressed three times the first time you use it due to the command station and locomotive having different initial states for F6 25 The locomotive enters Neutral with Long Air Letoff if speed step is zero If speed step is non zero the locomotive will enter either forward or reverse 26 Notall steam models have Cylinder Cocks feature Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 23 of 257 23 Sept 2008 2 Programming Configuration Variables 2 1 Servi
169. ill the reverse light behave if set CV 55 73 0 to 00000111 binary 07 hex 7 decimal Answer The automatic reverse light is initially activated and the reverse light intensity is controlled by the CV 55 73 1 settings If the automatic reverse light is deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 74 function state turns the reverse light on and the Feature 75 function state makes the reverse light dim Example 3 want explicit reverse light on off control at all times At startup want the reverse light off until turn it on with a function key When the reverse light is on it should be bright Solution First set CV 55 73 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic reverse light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 1 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 74 to a function output Example 4 Same as example 3 but want to explicitly dim the reverse light as well When first turn the reverse light on it should be dim Solution First set CV 55 73 0 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Next remove the automatic reverse light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 1 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 74 to a function output and Feature 75 to a second function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 117 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 CV 55 76 SI Mars Light Four features can be assigned to function keys to control mars light
170. im intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 84 10 Ditch Lights Dim Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The default value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Ditch Lights dimmed you can observe the Ditch Lights intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 84 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 150 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 9 CV 55 84 12 Ditch Lights Max Intensity For models with 256 intensity level Ditch Lights this CV controls its intensity when it s state is bright or strobing Default Value 255 CV 55 84 12 Ditch Lights Max Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Ditch Lights state bright or strobing you can observe the Ditch Lights intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 84 12 4 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 151 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 10 CV 55 84 SI Ditch Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic ditch lights to be bright not strobing in all f
171. imal Answer The automatic front cab lights are initially activated and the front cab lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 116 1 settings If the automatic front cab lights are deactivated for example by pressing F12 so that the F12 function state is 0 then the Feature 117 function state turns the front cab lights on Example 3 want explicit front cab lights on off control at all times At startup want the front cab lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 116 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic front cab lights feature from multiple automatic lights 3 by setting CV 55 138 3 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 117 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 193 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 16 CV 55 118 SI Rear Cab Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control rear cab lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 118 Automatic Rear Cab Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Cab Lights 119 Rear Cab Lights On Explicitly turn the Rear Cab Lights On Off The rear cab lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 118 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The rear cab lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for rear cab light automatic control are
172. ion Feature Feature Name Use ID 84 Automatic Ditch Lights Activate 85 Ditch Lights On 86 Ditch Lights Dim 87 Ditch Lights Strobe Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Ditch Lights Explicitly turn the Ditch Lights On Off Explicitly specify the Ditch Lights be Dim Bright Explicitly turn on off Ditch Lights strobe The ditch lights intensity Off Dim Bright Strobe can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 84 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The ditch lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Bright Off Off Off The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 84 1 CV 55 84 2 CV 55 84 3 and CV 55 84 4 Feature 84 has precedence over Features 85 86 and 87 When the Feature 84 function state is 1 the Feature 85 86 and 87 function states are ignored Forward Explicit Control When the Feature 84 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The ditch lights intensity changes in response to Feature 85 86 and 87 function key presses Feature 87 Feature 86 Feature 85 Intensity Function Function Function State State State X X 0 Off 0 0 1 Bright 0 1 1 Dim 1 X 1 Strobe Feature 84 has precedence over Features 85 86 and 87 If the Feature 84 function state change
173. ion state is 1 the Feature 71 and 72 function states are ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 70 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The headlight intensity reverts to the Feature 71 and 72 function states Feature 72 Feature 71 Intensity Function Function State State X 0 Off 0 1 Bright 1 1 Dim Feature 70 has precedence over Features 71 and 72 If the Feature 70 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 70 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 71 has precedence over Feature 72 If the Feature 71 function state is 0 the Feature 72 function state is ignored If the headlight cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 106 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 3 1 CV 55 70 0 Headlight Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Headlight features Default Value CV 55 70 0 Headlight Initial State 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature Feature 72 71 70 Function Function Function State State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Headlight Activate Feature 70 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Headlight On Feature 71 f
174. iques increase the number of features that can be operated with a limited number of function keys The above table shows Common Default Quantum Features Assignments in the second row Features assignments that operate only in Neutral are shown in parenthesis under the feature that operates in Forward and Reverse If no Neutral feature is shown the assigned feature shown will operate in all directional states Features are assigned to outputs in CV 53 Advanced Sound Decoders like the Quantum Decoders allow great flexibility in choosing which function keys operate which features However this flexibility can get you into trouble if misused For technical reasons too complicated to discuss here we recommend you follow the two rules below to avoid having your decoder behave in a confusing manner 1 In CV s 33 46 do not attempt to control the same Output with two or more function keys This means in the table above only one row in each column should have a 1 Yes we violated this rule for Output 1 and Output 2 where we have both FL f and FL r operating the Directional Lighting System This is an exception which does work for Directional Lighting using FL f and FL r In general it is not a good idea 2 In CV 53 do not assign the same feature to two or more Outputs 48 See Appendix VI Interaction of Function Keys Function Groups Function Inputs and Outputs and Feature Assignments for additional technical explanation Quantu
175. is enables the F7 key to act as a brake e Press the F7 key Hear a brief brake squeal sound and air being released from the brake lines continually The longer the air is released the greater the braking action e Press the F7 key again to stop the air release The train will continue to slow at the last braking value Note F7 will apply brakes when set to1 and stop the air release when set to 0 Depending on the initial setting for F7 when you turn your throttle down to speed step zero you may need to press the F7 key twice to first apply brakes e f you want to apply more braking press the F7 key again to release more air When you reach the desired amount of braking press F7 again to stop the air release e Turn up the throttle to any value above O to release the brakes this action resets the locomotive s deceleration to a value determined by the sum of CV 4 and CV 24 e If the locomotive is in Neutral when the F7 key is pressed the Cylinder Cocks will arm Note Ifthe throttle is set to any speed step except 0 Air Brakes are not enabled instead the F7 key will now manually activate Squealing Brake Flange sounds but will not affect the locomotive s deceleration Note Ifthe direction state is changed while moving F7 is enabled to act as a brake without the need to reduce the throttle to speed step 0 After stopping and changing direction the loco will accelerate back to its original speed If CV 4 or CV 24 is non zero F7 c
176. is playing all incoming DCC packets are ignored so wait until the locomotive stops speaking before writing another CV Example Hear the current setting for CV 2 V Start 1 Write 2 to CV 64 2 Hear the value spoken out if the value of CV 2 were 32 you would hear C V two equals three two Example Hear the current setting of the bell volume 1 Set CV 49 to 8 The Individual Sound Identifier for Bell is 8 see table in CV 52 2 Set CV 64 to 52 3 Hear the Bell volume spoken out if the bell volume were 13 you would hear C V five two point eight equals one three Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 236 of 257 23 Sept 2008 6 CV s 66 95 NMRA Standard CV s This section describes in detail additional NMRA standard CV s supported by Quantum locomotives 6 1 CV 66 Forward Trim Forward Trim specifies a scale factor by which a voltage drive level should be multiplied when the controller is driving the unit in the Forward Direction Default Value 128 CV 66 Forward Trim Register Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The Forward Trim factor preserves the same curve shape as specified in the speed table but allows a simple multiplying factor to scale it larger or smaller for trimming its speed behavior in Forward This allows making fine adjustments to match the speed of other locomo
177. isters of a one dimensional table Primary Index CV 49 0 CV X Register 0 CV X Register 1 _ 2 CV X Register 2 3 CV X Register 3 CV X Register n 255 CV X Register 255 CV 52 is an example of one of the CV s implemented as a one dimensional table CV 50 is the Secondary Index SI and is used together with the Primary Index for accessing up to 256x256 registers of a two dimensional table Primary Secondary Index CV 50 Index CV 49 0 1 2 3 Sed 255 0 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 m 0 255 1 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 m 1 255 2 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 m 2 255 3 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 m 3 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 84 of 257 23 Sept 2008 CV 53 is an example of one of the CV s implemented as a two dimensional table Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 85 of 257 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register n 0 n 1 n 2 n 3 n m n 255 255 CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X CV X Register Register Register Register Register Register 255 0 255 1 255 2 255 3 255 m 255 255 23 S
178. it 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO The locomotive scale low byte high byte 256 This 16 bit number represents the locomotive scale in units of 0 01 For example a value of 2900 represents a scale of 29 00 You would set CV56 25 0 to 84 and CV56 25 1 to 11 according to the calculation Low byte 2900 modulo 256 84 High byte 2900 256 11 This CV is used with CV56 24 Wheel Diameter when calculating the distance the locomotive has traveled when the odometer mode CAM 137 The CAM Odometer feature and this CV is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 223 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 10 CV 56 32 0 Room Temperature PI 32 SI 0 Use this CV to specify the room temperature in degrees Celsius Default Value 26 CV 56 32 0 Room Temperature Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO When this CV is written a flag is set to read the Internal Temperature at the next powerup and store the value read in long term memory The stored value is then used to calibrate future Internal Temperature readings Note after setting this CV power off your locomotive and let it set for several minutes to cool down Then power the locomotive up at which time the Internal Temperature will be calibrated for the room tempe
179. it 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO CV 56 24 1 Wheel Diameter High Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO The wheel diameter low byte high byte 256 This 16 bit number represents the wheel diameter in units of 0 001 inch For example a value of 930 represents a diameter of 0 930 inches You would set CV56 24 0 to 162 and CV56 24 1 to 3 according to the calculation Low byte 930 modulo 256 162 High byte 930 256 3 This CV is the actual non scaled diameter of the locomotive s wheel as measured using a caliper or ruler This CV is used with CV56 25 Locomotive Scale when calculating the distance the locomotive has traveled when the odometer mode CAM 136 The CAM Odometer feature and this CV is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 222 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 9 CV 56 25 SI Locomotive Scale PI 25 SI 0 1 Use this CV to specify the locomotive s scale Default Value NA The locomotive scale requires 2 bytes CV56 25 0 is the least significant byte and CV56 25 1 is the most significant byte CV 56 25 0 Locomotive Scale Low Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO CV 56 25 1 Locomotive Scale High Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 B
180. ive passes by and then reduce in volume Press F2 button again to shut off the Horn Whistle or continue blowing long and short blasts by pressing and re pressing F2 If you shut off the Horn Whistle for more than five to seven seconds the sounds will gradually return to normal If the bell was on during DopplerShift it will automatically turn off prior to the sounds returning to normal If Doppler Shift is initiated without the Horn Whistle blowing the sounds return to normal soon after the Doppler Shift is finished Doppler Shift is speed dependent The greater the speed the greater the amount of pitch change as the locomotive passes by There is no Doppler Shift at speeds less than 15 scale miles per hour smph instead you will hear a short air let off when F6 is pressed Try using the F6 key to affect chuffing sounds sans Whistle or Bell to create interesting environmental effects Note Some base stations produce an intermittent and independent horn signal interruption that causes an unexpected Doppler Shift If this happens frequently you may want to disable the horn triggered Doppler Shift by setting CV 51 2 bit 0 to 0 Note With some Command Stations using the horn button to activate the Horn Whistle and then while this button is held down pressing F6 causes the Horn Whistle to shut off instead of causing a Doppler Shift effect This is similar to the method used in Analog DC to trigger a Doppler Shift Quantu
181. l Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by FL f 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by FL f Bit 2 Output 3 Bell Q The Bell is unaffected by FL f 4 The Bell is affected by FL f Bit 3 Output 4 Horn Whistle o The Horn Whistle is unaffected by FL f 4 Horn Whistle is affected by FL f 49 Write bit operation is supported for CV 33 50 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 51 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 56 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire OQ The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by FL f 4 The Coupler Sounds are affected by FL f Bit5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans OQ Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by FL f 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by FL f Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by FL f mali Dynamic Brakes are affected by FL f Bit 7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by FL f elie Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by FL f
182. lays Cylinder Cylinder Cocks armed Cocks for 16 times or after 25 seconds Cocks for 16 times or after 25 seconds until speed exceeds until speed exceeds 12 smph 12 smph When an indicated function key enables an automatic light feature the associated lights operate according to the states shown in the table For instance enabling the Automatic Mars Light in Neutral will not cause the Mars Light to strobe since their automatic behavior would have them at a steady on setting in that directional state however it you then entered Forward the Mars Light would begin to strobe When an indicated function key disables an automatic feature all lights will be off For instance disabling the Automatic Mars Light will immediately shut off the Mars Light in any direction and they will not turn on again until the automatic feature is enabled Note Use CV 55 to change the behavior of lights from what is shown in the above table and description Note Not all automatic features may be included in your locomotive model Note Lights and other features can be assigned to function keys and configured to different kinds of operation and initial conditions in CV 53 Output Feature Assignment and CV 55 QSI Feature Configuration See the Quantum DCC Reference Manual version 4 Note Cylinder Cocks can also be armed in Neutral with the F7 key or the F6 Start Up key without having to wait for the 25 time out period Note The start up sta
183. ler Sounds are affected by F5 Bit 2 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F5 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F5 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F5 sal Dynamic Brakes are affected by F5 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 66 Write bit operation is supported for CV 39 g q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F5 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F5 67 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 68 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off OQ Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F5 4 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F5 Bit6 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F5 4 Audio Mute is affected by F5 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F5 Nil Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F5 Note Heavy Load
184. low Down etc It is recommended that these functions be disabled for all Helper types except the Lead Locomotive to avoid confusion Check your individual models to determine which features are assigned to F11 and F12 40 An End Helper is the last helper in a consist 41 Write bit operation is supported for CV 22 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 45 of 257 23 Sept 2008 e The following recommended values are for locomotives that have factory default values assigned to FL Outputs see CV 53 Features that are different in the Neutral State are shown with parentheses i e Heavy Load Shut Down means Heavy Load is only operable in Forward and Reverse and Shut Down is operable only in Neutral Recommended value of CV 22 for a Lead Locomotive in a Consist Heavy Load Number Board SMPH Report Disconnect Directional Directional N A N A Cals Ligne Lights Status Report Standby Total Lighting Lighting Shut Down N A N A F12 F11 F10 F9 FL r FL f Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Recommended value of CV 22 for a Mid Helper Locomotive in a Consist Heavy Load Number Board SMPH Report Disconnect Directional Directional N A N A Calo lLigjnis Lights Status Report Standby Total Lighting Lighting Shut Down N A N A F12 F11 F10 F9 FL r FL f Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 1 0
185. m 1 X 1 Strobe Feature 88 has precedence over Features 89 90 and 91 If the Feature 88 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 88 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 89 has precedence over Features 90 and 91 If the Feature 89 function state is 0 the Feature 90 and 91 function states are ignored Feature 91 has precedence over Feature 90 If the Feature 91 function state is 1 the Feature 90 function state is ignored If the Rear Ditch Lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 153 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 1 CV 55 88 0 Rear Ditch Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Ditch Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 88 0 Rear Ditch Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Feature Feature Feature Feature with Horn 91 90 89 88 Function Function Function Function State State State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Rear Ditch Lights Activate Feature 88 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Ditch Lights On Feature 89 function e Bit 2 is the initial state of the Rear Ditch Lights Dim Feature 90 function e Bit 3 is the initial state of t
186. m DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 17 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 12 Squealing Brakes and Flanges F7 in Forward or Reverse Quantum locomotives provide automatic Brake Squeal as a locomotive slows to a stop To enable automatic Squealing Brakes operate the locomotive over 40 smph 64 skph When the speed is reduced to less than 20 smph 32 skph squealing Brake sounds will sound automatically When the locomotive is moving you can also manually activate continuous or variable brake sounds when slowing or stopping the locomotive or to simulate the sounds of squealing flanges on curved track 1 Press F7 to start Squealing Brake sounds 2 The Squealing Brakes sounds end automatically but you can press F7 while the brake squeal is occurring to re trigger the squealing sounds This allows you to continue the squealing brake sounds without any dead period for an indefinite period The squealing brake sounds will terminate abruptly when the locomotive stops and enters Neutral Note If you lower the throttle to speed step 0 pressing F7 will apply Air Brakes instead of activating squealing brake sounds 1 13 Air Brakes F7 in Forward or Reverse If you have selected any non zero deceleration inertia value in CV 4 and or CV 24 the F7 key can be used to apply Air Brakes to stop the locomotive more quickly than it would normally stop from the inertia settings 17 To use Air Brakes e Turn the throttle down to speed step 0 on a moving locomotive th
187. m DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 55 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 2 CV 33 Output Location for FL f This CV specifies whether outputs 1 thru 8 are controlled by FL f A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by FL f while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by FL f Default Value 00000011 3 CV 33 Output Location for FL f with Factory Default Features Coupler Crash Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Fi Directional Directional Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupier Aa Horn Whistle Bell Lighting Lighting Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output T 6 5 4 3 2 1 QSI has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Outputs 1 and 2 is the Directional Lighting System Therefore by default FL f controls the Directional Lighting System in Forward or Neutral from Forward You can specify that FL f controls any of Outputs 2 thru 8 in addition to or instead of Outputs 1 and 2 Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that FL f controls the following features Bit0 Output 1 Directional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by FL f 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by FL f Bit1 Output 2 Directiona
188. me curve shape as specified in the speed table but allows a simple multiplying factor to scale it larger or smaller for trimming its speed behavior in Reverse This allows making fine adjustments to match the speed of other locomotives and to match the locomotive s Forward speed characteristics e The multiplying scale factor is n 128 where n the Reverse Trim Factor can be any number entered into CV 66 from 0 to 255 e Ifthe Reverse Trim Factor is 0 then Reverse Trim is not implemented e f the Reverse Trim Factor is between 1 and 128 than the voltage applied to the motor is decreased by a multiplying factor that varies from 00775 to 99225 e f the Reverse Trim Factor is between 130 and 255 than the voltage applied to the motor is increased by a multiplying factor that varies from 1 0078 to 1 977 e CV 95 only applies if the speed tables are activated in CV 29 by setting bit 4 1 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 239 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Appendix Recommended DCC Command Stations Command Recommended Will Support Comments Station Service Mode w Quantum NCE Yes Yes Horn and Bell buttons are available but bell button assigned See Comments to F3 see QSI CV 37 example Newer NCEs apparently support programming track but older command stations do not Programming on the main is easy and straightforward NCE currently only supports FO F8 Wangrow Yes No Horn and Bell button
189. ming track You program it in place on the Main track as you are operating it The Quantum System will allow you to program all CV s including address CV s CV 1 CV 17 and CV 18 in Operations Mode There are advantages and disadvantages to using Operations Mode Programming 1 One disadvantage is that in Ops Mode Quantum decoders do not support any advanced acknowledgement mechanism as defined by the NMRA If you are using a command station that provides readout for your CV s in Ops Mode it can only indicate which CV you are addressing and the value you want to program You will not be able to determine what value is already entered in that CV or that the new value has been accepted and is correct Note In Ops Mode Quantum locomotives do give verbal feedback during CV programming If CV Verbal Acknowledgement is enabled see CV 62 the CV number and its new value are announced over the locomotive s sound system when a CV is programmed Note In Ops Mode you can command a Quantum locomotive to speak out the current value of any CV see CV 64 Another disadvantage with Programming on the Main is that you need to address your locomotive with its ID number in order to change its CV values This could be a problem if you have forgotten your locomotive s ID number Or you might use the wrong address and program the wrong locomotive It could happen that you find yourself unable to communicate with your locomotive If this does
190. motive The NMRA standard provides for fourteen Outputs numbered from 1 to 14 CV s 33 through 46 specify which Function Input is connected to which Output Note Q2 firmware built after 1 June 08 does not support CV s 33 46 The following fixed mapping is used FL f gt Output 1 FL r gt Output 2 F1 gt Output 3 F12 gt Output 14 The table below shows Output numbers across the top and Function Inputs along the side The CV number associated with each Function Input is shown in the first column Each of these CV s consists of an eight bit register with a 1 or 0 in each bit location specifying which Outputs are controlled by that Function Input The default value for each CV is shown Output Numbers and Pre assigned Features a il CV Function Inputs Quantum Feature Assignments Shut Down Mie Squeeling Brakes Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Coupler Bell Directional Lighting Common Default 2 i Outputs 14 13 12 11 10 9 33 FL f 34 FL r 35 Function 1 36 Function 2 37 Function 3 38 Function 4 39 Function 5 40 Function 6 41 Function 7 42 Function 8 43 Function 9 Function 10 45 Function 11 46 Function 12 ojl CO CO oO amp ol o o N ol Oo co gt olol CO Of CO CO CO CO O oO CO O Of olej CO OJ O CO
191. mple 5 Same as example 4 but want to explicitly dim and strobe the ditch lights as well When first turn the ditch lights on they should be bright Solution First set CV 55 84 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic ditch lights feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 4 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 85 to a function output Feature 86 to a second function output and Feature 87 to a third function output Example 6 want to explicitly strobe the ditch lights but when not strobing the ditch lights should be always bright Solution First set CV 55 84 0 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Next remove the Automatic Ditch Lights feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 4 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 87 to a function output You do not need to assign Feature 85 to a function output Example7 Similar to example 2 want the automatic ditch lights to be off in all four motive states But want the ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in FWD only Further want this behavior even if FL is 0 Solution First set CV 55 84 0 to 1 Then set CV 55 84 1 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Set CV 55 84 2 CV 55 84 3 and CV 55 84 4 to 0 Finally remove the Automatic Ditch Lights feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 4 to 0 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 152 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 8 CV 55 88 SI Rear Ditch Lights Four fe
192. n states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 119 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 2 Default Value 3 CV 55 76 1 Automatic Mars Light FWD Configuration CV 55 76 1 Automatic Mars Light FWD Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in forward Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 decimal strobe e Bits 0 and 1 specify the mars light intensity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe Page 120 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 3 CV 55 76 2 Automatic Mars Light NFF Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Mars Light behaves when the locomotive is in neutral from forward Default Value 1 CV 55 76 2 Automatic Mars Light NFF Configuration Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Intensity Intensity e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal dim e Bits 0 and 1 specify the mars light intensity Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0
193. n the locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID e This CV is useful for disabling certain features for helper locomotives within the Consist For instance only the Lead locomotive should have its Horn Whistle and Bell enabled If the F2 key controls the Horn and the F3 key controls the Bell then all slave locomotives should have 0 in Bit 1 and Bit 2 while the Lead locomotive should have 1 in these bits e The following recommended values are for locomotives that have factory default features assigned to Function Outputs see CV 53 Features that are different in the Neutral State are shown with parentheses i e Doppler Start Up means Doppler is only operable in Forward and Reverse and Start Up is operable only in Neutral Features shown that do not indicate a special Neutral Option will operate in all states Forward Neutral and Reverse Recommended value of CV 21 for a Lead Locomotive in a Consist The QSI default features assignments are shown for Forward Reverse operation in the top row and for Neutral in parenthesis Audio Mute Brake Squeal Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Crash Horn Whistle Bell and Air Brakes Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Coupler Fire Arm Cylinder Coupler Arm Cocks or long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 Recommended value of CV 21 for a Mid Helper Locomotive in a Consist The QSI default features assignments are sho
194. n the rear mars light is on it should strobe Solution First set CV 55 80 0 to 00001000 binary 08 hex 8 decimal Next remove the automatic rear mars light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 3 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 81 toa function output Example 4 Same as example 3 but want to explicitly dim and strobe the rear mars light as well When first turn the rear mars light on it should be dim Solution First set CV 55 80 0 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Next remove the automatic rear mars light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 3 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 81 to a function output Feature 82 to a second function output and Feature 83 to a third function output Example 5 want to explicitly dim and strobe the rear mars light but the rear mars light should be always on On startup the rear mars light should be dim Solution First set CV 55 80 0 to 00000110 binary 05 hex 5 decimal Next remove the Automatic Rear Mars Light feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 3 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 82 to a function output and Feature 83 to a second function output You do not need to assign Feature 81 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 141 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 CV 55 84 81 Ditch Lights Four features can be assigned to function keys to control ditch lights operat
195. n this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 191 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 15 2 CV 55 116 1 Automatic Front Cab Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Front Cab Lights behavior Default Value 68 CV 55 116 1 Automatic Front Cab Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01000100 binary 44 hex 68 decimal On in NFF and NFR e If bit 0 1 the front cab lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the front cab lights are on in NFF If the front cab lights were already on in FWD they remain on in NFF If they were off in FWD they come on after 10 seconds e If bit 4 1 the front cab lights are on in REV e If bit 6 1 the front cab lights are on in NFR If the front cab lights were already on in REV they remain on in NFR If they were off in REV they come on after 10 seconds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 192 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 15 3 CV 55 116 SI Front Cab Lights Examples Example 1 want the automatic front cab lights to be on in all motive states FWD NFF REV and NFR Solution Set CV 55 116 1 to 01010101 binary 55 hex 85 decimal Example 2 How will the front cab lights behave if set CV 55 116 0 to 00000011 binary 03 hex 3 dec
196. nual for a procedure for calibrating the chuff rate for multiple values of CV56 13 This CV is similar to CV56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor The resolution is greater in CV56 13 but the range is less CV56 12 is a coarse adjustment while CV56 13 is a fine adjustment In locomotives that support both CV56 12 and CV56 13 both CV s are applied For example if CV56 12 is 40 and CV56 13 is 144 then the resulting scale factor applied to the chuff interval is 40 32 144 128 1 25 1 125 1 40625 Note We recommend that you trim the chuff rate at some speed value greater than 2 smph 135 CV 56 13 is currently available only in Q2 firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 215 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 7 CV 56 18 21 SI Quantum PID Parameters PID parameters are used to control the amount of power applied to the motor of QSI locomotives when operating under Regulated Throttle Control Calibrated Speed Control or Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control PID is an acronym standing for Proportional Integral Differential Because model locomotives behave differently at different speeds we use four different sets of PID parameters within four different speed ranges Since BEMF is directly proportional to speed we classify these speed ranges in terms of BEMF ranges There are two PID parameters that you can set for each BEMF range We do not allow changing the Integral term 5 8 7 1 CV 56 18 SI PID Paramete
197. o CV58 1 0 Set CV49 to 1 Set CV50 to 0 Set CV58 to 0 Actually a write of any value to CV58 1 0 CV58 1 1 or CV58 1 2 will reset the odometer to 0 In Ops Mode the locomotive will respond by saying Reset The odometer is also reset to 0 when all CV s are reset to factory default values 5 9 2 Ops Mode Odometer Read Out In Ops mode you can have the locomotive verbally read out the odometer value There are two ways to do this 1 Make the odometer reading part of the F10 status report by setting CV55 128 0 bit 4 to 1 Then whenever you press F10 the locomotive will speak out the odometer value 2 Write 58 to CV64 1 0 CV64 is the CV Numeric Verbal Readout ia The Odometer feature is currently only available with Q2 O Scale Q2 G Scale firmware and Q2 Quantum Revolution firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 230 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Set CV49 to 1 Set CV50 to 0 Set CV64 to 58 By either way the locomotive speaks out either the scale miles or the scale kilometers traveled to the nearest 0 01 of a scale mile or scale kilometer The default is miles If you want the locomotive to speak out the scale kilometers traveled set CV56 0 bit 1 to 1 5 9 3 Service Mode Odometer Read Back The raw odometer value can be read back in DCC Service Mode These three CV s contain the raw odometer value CV58 1 0 byte_0 low order byte CV58 1 1
198. o any value between 0 no sound and 63 50 If the Mute Volume is set over 50 of the System Volume set in CV 51 0 the applied Mute Volume will be 50 of the System Volume setting The upper bit is reserved and should be 0 A 0 in this CV will mute all sound effects to zero volume e The default Mute Volume is 0 0 e The Mute Volume applies when the locomotive is in normal operation on the main Operations Mode When you change the Mute Volume on the main and Mute has been turned On by its assigned Function Key you will immediately hear the change in volume e f you program the Mute Volume in Service Mode you won t hear the change in Mute volume until you enter Operations Mode and activate the Mute feature Example Set the Operations Mode Mute Volume to 32 25 of max 1 Set CV 49 to 1 2 Set CV 51 to 32 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 89 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 4 3 CV 51 2 Special Sound Effects Enable PI 2 Use CV 51 2 to enable disable special sound effects Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 51 2 Special Sound Effects Enable Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Cylinder Cylinder Heavy Load Alternate Coded Horn Horn for future for future Cocks Cocks On Off Horn for Gas Triggered use use Armed after Armed on Feedback Selection Turbine Doppler 25 seconds Startup Feedback Start Up in NFF NFR
199. o reduce the maximum speed of locomotives that operate too fast at maximum throttle Default Value CV 5 V High Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 5 sets a maximum voltage for the motor to any value between 2 and 255 A value of 0 1 or 255 provides maximum motor voltage at maximum throttle The value of CV 5 determines the maximum motor drive as a fraction of the applied voltage as defined by the following equation Maximum Motor Voltage Track Voltage x CV5 255 For instance a value of 200 for CV 5 means that the maximum voltage will be 217 255 or 85 of the applied track voltage e The value of motor drive as a percentage of total track voltage is computed according to the formula below Applied Motor Voltage CV 2 CV5 CV 2 Speed Table Value for speed step 255 100 255 If CV 5 is less than or equal to CV 2 or CV 5 is set to O or 1 then 255 is used for CV 5 in the above equations The graph below shows the effect of only CV 5 CV 2 0 on the original curve Here a value of CV 5 217 reduces the original speed curve by 15 over the entire speed step range Note how CV 5 preserves the shape of the original speed curve but compresses it to fit between V Start and V High 2 ad Original 100 Speed Curve n CV 5 255 80 Z 60 O 40 Original Speed K Curve reduced by Q 20 15
200. ocomotive to accelerate at its current DCC momentum value to its DCC speed setting Since the DC portion is powered from the DCC signal there are no short circuit problems between the DCC powered section and the DC section as the locomotive wheels pass over the track insulators In addition since the Quantum locomotive is equipped with large filter capacitors the reduced power of half wave rectification will not affect the power available to operate the locomotive so there is minimal slow down effect Also if the train is made up of a series of Quantum locomotives in a Consist and the polarity is set to stop the train each locomotive in turn will couple the DCC signal through to the DC section until the last locomotive has passed over the boundary only then will the entire Consist come to a stop The above diagram is simplified to make it easy to describe the basic concept Switch 1 can be a relay powered by a train detector on the next block to do automatic train control In addition Switch 1 could have extra contacts to control red and green signals for the actual block signal Switch 2 could also be part of a relay network for all DC blocks to disable or enable block signal operation D1 and D2 should be rated at 2 amps minimum and have a breakdown voltage of 30 volts or more Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 250 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Appendix VI Binary Hexadecimal Decimal Conversions Decimal SFWCWOAUDGHBWNHO Hex 00
201. ode System Volume is the overall sound volume when the locomotive is in normal operation on the main Operations Mode When you change the Operations Mode System Volume on the main you will immediately hear the change in volume e All sound is turned off in Service Mode because of the limited power usually available for the programming track You can program the System Volume in Service Mode but you won t hear the change in volume until you enter Operations Mode Note The system volume in this CV is the same system volume used during conventional Analog operation Changing this CV changes the system volume in Analog DC and changing the system volume in Analog DC changes the value of this CV The upper bit is Example Set the Operations Mode System volume to 64 50 of max 1 Set CV 49 to 0 2 Set CV 51 to 64 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 88 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 4 2 CV 51 1 Operations Mode Mute Volume PI 1 Use CV 51 0 to change the Mute Volume Mute is one of the Quantum features that can be turned on and off by a Function Key When Mute is On the overall volume reduces to the volume set by CV 51 1 Default Value 0 CV 51 1 Ops Mode Mute Volume Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 V5 V4 V3 V2 V1 vo e Set CV 49 to 1 to specify the Primary Index for Operations Mode Mute Volume e The Mute Volume can be set t
202. off two horn hoots are played Set data in Bit 4 as follows 0 Cylinder Cocks are not automatically armed as a result of a Startup F6 operation 1 Cylinder Cocks are automatically armed as a result of a Startup F6 operation Default If this bit is 1 and a Startup F6 operation occurs Cylinder Cocks sounds play when the locomotive starts moving in FWD REV The Cylinder Cocks sounds automatically terminate after 16 repetitions or when the locomotive reaches a speed greater than 12 smph Set data in Bit 5 as follows 95 Write bit operation is supported for Special Sound Effects Enable 96 See Gas Turbine Operation in Appendix II for further explanation of this feature Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 90 of 257 23 Sept 2008 0 Cylinder Cocks are not automatically armed after 25 seconds in NFF NFR 1 Cylinder Cocks are automatically armed after 25 seconds in NFF NFR Default If this bit is 1 and the locomotive remains in neutral for at least 25 seconds Cylinder Cocks sounds play when the locomotive starts moving in FWD REV The Cylinder Cocks sounds automatically terminate after 16 repetitions or when the locomotive reaches a speed greater than 12 smph e All other bits are reserved Any data entered in these bits is ignored Example Set Special Sound Effects according to Feature Table below Set CV 49 to 2 Set CV 51 to value indicated for the combination of features you w
203. ogy that does provide many of the same features available in DCC See the Quantum Analog Reference Manual for details Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 9 of 257 23 Sept 2008 This Manual This manual is divided into seven parts e The first section summarizes how to operate your Quantum locomotive in DCC Read this and you will quickly have your locomotive up and running e The second section summarizes the programming of Configuration Variables CV s Read this when you are ready to customize your locomotive s operation e The third section describes in detail NMRA standard CV s supported by Quantum locomotives Skim over this to get a general idea of what it contains You will often refer to it when you want to solve a particular problem e The fourth section outlines in excruciating detail the NMRA standard CV s which assign outputs to function keys Normally you do not have to be concerned with these CV s but sometimes this section is important for example if you ever have to configure your locomotive to operate with a DCC controller having a small number of function keys e The fifth section describes in detail CV s that are unique to Quantum locomotives Skim over this to get an idea of the degree of flexibility built into Quantum locomotives Refer to this section whenever you want to customize volume levels change the features that are assigned to function key outputs configure the behavior of these features or tw
204. on and the Feature 91 function state makes the rear ditch lights strobe Example 4 want explicit rear ditch lights on off control at all times At startup want the rear ditch lights off until turn them on with a function key When the rear ditch lights are on they should be bright not strobing Solution First set CV 55 88 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear ditch lights feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 5 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 89 to a function output Example 5 Same as example 4 but want to explicitly dim and strobe the rear ditch lights as well When first turn the rear ditch lights on they should be bright Solution First set CV 55 88 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear ditch lights feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 5 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 89 to a function output Feature 90 to a second function output and Feature 91 to a third function output Example 6 want to explicitly strobe the rear ditch lights but when not strobing the rear ditch lights should be always bright Solution First set CV 55 88 0 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Next remove the Automatic Rear Ditch Lights feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 5 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 91 to a function output You do not need to assign Feature 89 to a function output Example7 Similar to example 2 want t
205. on key is disabled when the locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID e Ifa 1 is placed in bits O through 5 that function key is enabled when the locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID e Any 1 placed in bits 6 or 7 will be ignored e Lin the Forward Direction is controlled by bit 0 FL in the Reverse Direction is controlled by bit 1 e This CV and CV 21 are useful for disabling certain features for Helper locomotives within the Consist Only the Lead Locomotive should have operational Directional Lighting Helpers should have their Directional Lighting disabled F9 Heavy Load and Shut Down are recommended for all Helper types in a Consist since Heavy Load should apply to all locomotives or none at all otherwise there would be fighting between locomotives that have Heavy Load enabled and those that do not Similarly the F9 Shut Down key should apply to all locomotives in Consist or none at all F10 Status Report should be disabled for all Helper types in a Consist since it would be difficult to hear the verbal announcement if more than one locomotive announced its status at the same time Features for Function keys 11 and 12 are usually reserved for Number Board Lights and Cab Lights It is recommended that Cab Lights be disabled and Number Board Lights be enabled At times F11 and F12 are reserved for custom appliance sounds or operations for the different locomotive types Steam Diesel or Electric such as steam B
206. on or deceleration Heavy Load can only be turned on or off in Forward or Reverse If turned on it will remain on in Neutral If you want it off when you start out from Neutral turn it off immediately after increasing the throttle Heavy Load is automatically turned off when track power is turned off Under RTC and Heavy Load grades tight curves or other real loading effects will have little effect on the speed of the train But under STC and Heavy Load grades curves loading etc will affect the train speed 20 This feedback can be disabled via CV51 2 bit 3 21 You can turn Heavy Load on and off in Neutral if you set CV53 x 1 to 179 the Heavy Load feature ID Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 19 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 16 Status Report F10 Quantum locomotives provide verbal information about a locomotive s current operating state when the locomotive is in Neutral or the locomotive s current speed when the locomotive is moving e Press F10 in Neutral the locomotive will verbally report first its currently enabled long or short DCC address followed by its consist ID if it has one followed by its Shut Down state Disconnect Standby or Shut Down e Press F10 in Forward or Reverse the locomotive will verbally report the locomotive s speed in scale miles per hour smph or scale kilometers per hour skph You can select between scale miles per hour smph or scale kilometers per hour skph in CV56 0 Note When a
207. ong as 3 8 minutes 228 seconds for CV 3 255 e The acceleration rate is the inverse of the inertia formula Acceleration Rate speed steps second Number of speed steps CV 3 0 896 e The acceleration and deceleration rate values in CV 3 and CV 4 will apply if you change the direction on a moving locomotive The locomotive will slow to a stop at a rate set by CV 4 and then accelerate in the opposite direction at a rate set by CV 3 32 This NMRA CV is more aptly entitled Inertia under Acceleration since higher values for this CV result in higher inertia values but lower acceleration rates Using the term Momentum to describe CV 3 is not correct since a non moving train has no momentum even if CV 3 is set to the maximum value Inertia is the property of an object that resists any change to its state of rest or motion Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 33 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 4 CV 4 Deceleration Rate Sets the Inertia under Deceleration Default Value 0 CV 4 Deceleration Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 4 can contain any value between 0 and 255 A value of 0 provides no inertia and gives the fastest response to changes in throttle position e The larger the value of CV 4 the more gradually the locomotive slows down as the throttle is decreased The inertia in seconds speed step is calculated by the fo
208. onized chuffs calibration mode On In this mode the locomotive maintains a constant speed at each speed step and in place of normal chuffing sounds produces a single short air release sound once per wheel revolution Cylinder Cocks sounds are turned off to make it easier to hear the air release sound It is now easy to adjust CV56 13 Chuff Interval Trim to obtain exactly one air release per wheel revolution Bit 4 Selects between BEMF synchronized and CAM synchronized chuffs on Steam locomotives 0 Synchronize chuffs using BEMF default Ae Synchronize chuffs using a Chuff CAM Bit5 Odometer Mode 125 The default for models of non US prototypes is 2 selecting for Metric Units 126 The BEMF synchronized chuff calibration is currently available only in Q2 firmware 127 Chuff CAMs are currently supported only in Q2 O Scale and G Scale locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 205 of 257 23 Sept 2008 0 BEMF mode default q CAM mode Bit 7 Reed Switch Disable 0 Normal Reed Switch operation is in effect default 4 The Reed Switch is ignored for all operations except powerup reset to factory defaults All other bits 2 3 6 are ignored 128 The Odometer feature is currently only available with Q2 firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 206 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 2 CV 56 4 QSI Throttle Mode PI 4 Use this CV to specify how your Quantum Locomotive interprets
209. operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 76 Automatic Mars Light Activate 77 Mars Light On 78 Mars Light Dim 79 Mars Light Strobe Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Mars Light Explicitly turn the Mars Light On Off Explicitly specify the Mars Light be Dim Bright Explicitly turn on off Mars Light strobe The mars light intensity Off Dim Bright Strobe can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 76 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The mars light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Strobe Dim Dim Dim The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 76 1 CV 55 76 2 CV 55 76 3 and CV 55 76 4 Feature 76 has precedence over Features 77 78 and 79 When the Feature 76 function state is 1 the Feature 77 78 and 79 function states are ignored Forward Explicit Control When the Feature 76 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The Mars Light intensity changes in response to Feature 77 78 and 79 function key presses Feature 79 Feature 78 Feature 77 Intensity Function Function Function State State State x X 0 Off 0 0 1 Bright 0 1 1 Dim 1 X 1 Strobe Feature 76 has precedence over Features 77 78 and 79 If the Feature 76 function state changes to 1 because o
210. orted value is off by one digit This is a timing issue with some command stations Either program in Ops Mode or consider using a PowerPak from DCC Specialties When try to do a complete reset of all CV s using CV 56 128 255 in Program Mode not all of the CV s reset to factory values Resetting all CV s takes considerable time Some command stations only allow a fixed short amount of time to power the programming track after a command is sent When you ask for a complete reset not all of the CV s will be reset if the power shuts down part way through the procedure We recommend doing a full reset in Ops mode Or you can do individual reset operations such as all NMRA CV reset and all QS CV reset etc until you have all groups of CV s reset to factory defaults 145 Tony s Train Exchange 1 800 978 3427 info ttx dcc com Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 247 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Appendix IV Recommended Reading Ames S Friberg R and Loizeaux E Digital Command Control Allt om Hobby 1998 Ireland Zana Editor In Chief The Digitrax Big Book of DCC Digitrax 1999 Strang Lionel DCC Made Easy Kalmbach Publishing 2003 Polsgrove Mike DCC Projects amp Applications Kalmbach Publishing 2006 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 248 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Appendix V Application Notes Using DC Power Conversion for Block Signal Control CV 29 Bit 2 1 Applications for
211. orward Reverse or Status Report in Neutral Therefore F10 controls SMPH and Status Report e You can specify that F10 control any of Outputs 7 11 and 13 14 in addition to or instead of Output 12 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row features Bit 0 Bit 1 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes g q Output 8 Doppler Start Up g q e Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F10 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F10 you can specify that F10 control the following Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F10 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F10 79 Write bit operation is supported for CV 44 80 Cab Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 3 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 14 see CV 55 138 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 3 81 Alternate Horn is available only on selected models Consult your Model s Operation Manual feature list 82 Number Board Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 2 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 13 see CV 55 137 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 2 83 Scale Miles Per Hour or Scale Kilometers Per Hour can be selected in CV 56 0 84 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4
212. ould be dim Solution First set CV 55 70 0 to 00000110 binary 05 hex 5 decimal Next remove the Automatic Headlight feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign feature 72 toa function output You do not need to assign feature 71 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 111 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 4 CV 55 73 SI Reverse Light Three features can be assigned to function keys to control reverse light operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 73 Automatic Reverse Light Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Reverse Light 74 Reverse Light On Explicitly turn the Reverse Light On Off 75 Reverse Light Dim Explicitly specify the Reverse Light be Dim Bright The reverse light intensity Off Dim Bright can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 73 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The reverse light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Forward Dim Dim Bright Neutral from Forward Reverse The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 73 1 Feature 73 has precedence over Features 74 and 75 When the Feature 73 function state is 1 the Feature 74 and 75 function states are ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 73 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The reverse light in
213. ound sequence of venting water steam and residue that collects at the bottom of the boiler The length of the Blow Down sequence is random Blow Down sounds are produced automatically in Neutral at random intervals so there is no need to assign this feature to a function key output unless you really want to Blower Hiss 8 All See section 1 9 Steam Blower Hiss and Cooling Fans F4 Key Cooling Vents 8 All See section 1 9 Steam Blower Hiss and Cooling and Fans Fans F4 Key Coupler 211 All See section 1 8 Coupler and Coupler Crash Sounds F3 Key GasTurbine Die 24 NFF NFR_ Selects between Diesel mode and Turbine mode sel Transition for the UP Gas Turbine Locomotive Dim Ditch Lights 86 All Explicitly switches the Ditch Lights from Bright to be Dim See CV 55 84 x Dim Headlight 72 All Explicitly switches the Headlight from Bright to Dim See CV 55 70 x Dim Mars Light 78 All Explicitly switches the Mars Light from Bright to Dim See CV 55 76 x Dim Rear Ditch 90 All Explicitly switches the Rear Ditch Lights from Lights Bright to be Dim See CV 55 88 x Dim Rear Mars 82 All Explicitly switches the Rear Mars Light from Light Bright to Dim See CV 55 80 x Dim Reverse 75 All Explicitly switches the Reverse light from Bright to Light Dim See CV 55 73 x Disconnect Stan 145 NFF NFR_ See section 1 17 Three Stages of Shut Down dby Total Shut Disconnect Standby and Total Shut Down F9 in Down Neutral
214. our motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD want the ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in both FWD and REV Solution Set CV 55 84 1 and CV 55 84 3 to 00000110 binary 06 hex 6 decimal Set CV 55 84 2 and CV 55 84 4 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Example2 want the automatic ditch lights to be off in all four motive states But want the ditch lights to strobe when the horn blows in both FWD and REV Solution Set CV 55 84 1 and CV 55 84 3 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Set CV 55 84 2 and CV 55 84 4 to 0 Example 3 How will the ditch lights behave if set CV 55 84 0 to 00011111 binary 1F hex 31 decimal Answer The automatic ditch lights are initially activated and the ditch lights intensity is controlled by the CV 55 84 1 4 settings If the automatic ditch lights are deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 85 function state turns the ditch lights on and the Feature 87 function state makes the ditch lights strobe Example 4 want explicit ditch lights on off control at all times At startup want the ditch lights off until turn them on with a function key When the ditch lights are on they should be bright not strobing Solution First set CV 55 84 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic ditch lights feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 4 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 85 to a function output Exa
215. ow the MRC instructions Lenz Yes Yes FO Lights F1 Bell F2 Horn Lenz will program in LZ100 See Comments Service mode providing that a suitable resistor is added in LV200 series to the Programming Track LV100 requires 20 ohms LZV100 and LV200 requires 10 ohms Note that CV 1 17 and 18 143 Many comments and opinions regarding operation with different command stations are the result of user s letters to QS or comments on various railroad web forums QSI is not responsible for the accuracy of these comments which are included here only as a starting point for the customer to verify to his own satisfaction the compatibility of these products for use with the QS Quantum System Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 240 of 257 23 Sept 2008 cannot be programmed on the main in the standard way see QSI CV 56 129 for alternative way to program ID numbers Newer Lenz does support FO F12 Function Keys Atlas Yes Yes Early models of the Atlas command station had some See Comments problems with programming Reports from Atlas on their recent versions indicate no problems Limited number of function keys available CVP Yes Yes EZ DCC Works with wireless hand held throttle as well as standard command station Zimo Yes Yes All products work with Quantum decoders Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 241 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Appendix II A Programming a Long Addres
216. owing CV s are used to determine the BEMF target value CV 2 V Start CV 5 V High CV 25 Speed Table Selection CV 66 Forward Trim CV 95 Reverse Trim and CV 67 CV 94 User Defined Speed Tables Regulated Throttle Control RTC combines the best of both Standard Throttle Control and Speed Control The locomotive still uses speed control circuitry to maintain the locomotive s speed but the speed is allowed to increase or decrease slowly in response to loading When the locomotive encounters an uphill grade it decreases speed slowly in response to the extra loading If a locomotive encounters a tight curve or if it has to climb a bad track joint at low speed it passes through or over these obstacles with little change in speed just like the prototype In RTC as in STC the speed step is a requested power setting but in RTC the locomotive acts like it weighs thousands of pounds in response to changing loads or layout conditions This intrinsic mass is not the same as the inertia settings specified in CV 3 CV 4 CV 23 and CV 24 where the locomotive responds to throttle increases and decreases slowly over time Even with these CV s set to large values in STC the locomotive would still stop suddenly if it encountered a minor obstacle at slow speeds since there is no Inertial Control circuitry to maintain its motion RTC provides an advantage when operating Consists If the locomotives in a consist are slightly mismatched in s
217. p the mars light should be dim Solution First set CV 55 76 0 to 00000110 binary 05 hex 5 decimal Next remove the Automatic Mars Light feature from Multiple Automatic Lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 2 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 78 to a function output and Feature 79 to a second function output You do not need to assign Feature 77 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 129 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 6 CV 55 80 SI Rear Mars Light Four features can be assigned to function keys to control Rear Mars Light operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 80 Automatic Rear Mars Light Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Mars Activate Light 81 Rear Mars Light On Explicitly turn the Rear Mars Light On Off 82 Rear Mars Light Dim Explicitly specify the Rear Mars Light be Dim Bright 83 Rear Mars Light Strobe Explicitly turn on off Rear Mars Light strobe The rear mars light intensity Off Dim Bright Strobe can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 80 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The rear mars light intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state Forward Neutral from Reverse Neutral from Forward Reverse Strobe Dim Dim Dim The automatic behavior can be configured in CV 55 80 1 CV 55 80 2 CV 55 80 3 and CV 55 80 4 Feature 80 has preceden
218. peed Control eeeseeeeseeeseeeeeees 13 Speed CUVESK cn iran n laters anyarasni n N E wabiee Fast Start convex eee Recommendations 06 Slow Start concave 0 User Defined CV 67 94 Speed Step to Scale MPH Scale Factor CV 56 10 cess 218 Speed Steps eee 12 13 34 35 49 50 53 212 218 252 Speed Step Mode 14 28 128 oo cccccceesesesssseseseseeseseeseeseeees 53 Troubleshooting srr en ren E A RERE EE E 252 Speed Table Selection CV a a E san thas nesta ieaaicanatiaste tae OV29 DICE inana Speedometer Readout Squealing Brakes nirso mane i a RE Troubleshooting VOIIMG ene ernearen Squealing Brakes Air Brakes Standard Throttle Control STC Troubleshooting ssrin erea ett 252 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 256 of 257 STAWUS REPOM betes uted enie Sibert cast nelewes Configuration CV 55 178 0 eee STC see Standard Throttle Control Step lighis nianna System Configuration CV 56 0 ccccscseseesessssssescseseseseseseeeeeeees System Volume CV 51 0 s ke Sorsvessseedokonsseceatacededeanredesdebeptoreweees Table Binary Hexadecimal Decimal Conversions 06 258 CV 29 Common Settings eesesesecesseseseceseeeeeeeeeeeseecseseeeeteeees 55 Example of 2 Dimensional Table PI amp SI Examples of Common Train Numbers Factory Default Settings eron aa n 105 Feature Identification Numbers c cccesscsc
219. peed and experience unequal loading the RTC firmware in each locomotive responds to automatically equalize the loading RTC applies a little more power to the locomotive that tends to run slightly slower and applies a little less power to the locomotive that tends to run slightly faster As a result all the locomotives in the consist tend to work together rather than fight each other RTC uses all the standard CV s pertaining to the throttle including CV 2 V Start CV 5 V High CV 25 Speed Table Selection CV 66 Forward Trim CV 95 Reverse Trim and CV 67 CV 94 User Defined Speed Tables Example Select Regulated Throttle Control 1 Set CV 49 to 4 2 Set CV 56 to 1 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 208 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 3 CV 56 5 Regulated Throttle Control RTC Minimum Back EMF PI 5 Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 56 5 Regulated Throttle Control Minimum BEMF Use this CV to specify the minimum speed under Regulated Throttle Control Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e For models 100 999 the data range is from 0 to 7 Bits 3 7 are ignored For models 1000 9999 the data range is 0 to 31 Bits 5 7 are ignored e The locomotive will operate at a speed corresponding to this minimum Back EMF until the speed table value corresponding to th
220. r 4 4 0 CV 53 Factory Default Settings 5 7 CV 55 P1SI QSI Feature Configuration CV 55 3 5 Bell CV 55 73 SI Reverse Light CV 55 76 S Mars Light CV 51 5 Automatic Mute Timeout Value P 5 CV 52 P1 QSI Individual Sound Volume Control Individual Sound Identifiers QSI Feature Identification Numbersused with CV 53 CV55 70 SiHeadlightExamples CV 55 73 10 Reverse Light Dim Intensity CV 55 73 12 Reverse Light Max Intensity CV 55 73 SI Reverse Light Examples CV 55 76 2 Automatic Mars Light NFF Configuration CV 55 76 3 Automatic Mars Light REV Configuration CV 55 76 4 Automatic Mars Light NFR Configuration CV 55 76 6 Mars Light Strobe Period CV 55 76 10 Mars Light Dim Intensity CV 55 76 11 Mars Light Min Intensity CV 55 76 12 Mars Light Max Intensity CV 55 80 0 Rear Mars Light Initial State ______________ CV 55 80 1 Automatic Rear Mars Light FWD Configuration CV 55 80 2 Automatic Rear Mars Light NFF Configuration CV 55 80 3 Automatic Rear Mars Light REV Configuration CV 55 80 4 Automatic Rear Mars Light NFR Configuration CV 55 80 6 Rear Mars Light Strobe Period CV 55 80 10 Rear Mars Light Dim Intensity CV 55 80 11 Rear Mars Light Min Intensity CV 55 80 12 Rear Mars Light Max Intensity CV 55 84 2 Automatic Ditch Lights NFF Configuration CV 55 84 3 Automatic Ditch Lights REV Configuration CV 55 84 4 Automatic Ditch Lights NFR Configuration CV 55 84 5 Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time CV 55 84 6 Ditch Lights Strobe Period CV 55 8
221. r FL key Pressing the horn or toggling the bell will cause your command station to send out a Function Group One command which contains the lighting information Not all command stations automatically send this information unless FL F1 F2 F3 or F4 is pressed Regarding turning off the lighting with the FO key the state for the light may already be off at the base station but not sent When you press the FO key it toggles the lights on and sends that command and hence the lights stay on It takes a second press of the FO key to send another command to turn off the lights My brakes bell air release or other sounds come on sometimes for no apparent reason while operating my locomotive See above Some functions may already be turned on but not sent When you request any function the entire function group that contains that function will be sent and this may trigger other features already enabled within that group Hence you might request the light be turned on and hear squealing brakes or the bell turn on or off If your base station display shows the toggled condition for each of the function keys you can determine which feature will turn on or off when a Function Group One or a Function Group Two is sent My locomotive makes no sounds except an air release when power is applied and will not operate You have your locomotive in Shut Down Double press the F6 Start Up key to start your locomotive My locomotive runs
222. r Feature 101 When the Feature 100 function state is 1 the Feature 101 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 100 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 101 function key presses Feature 101 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 100 has precedence over Feature 101 If the Feature 100 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 100 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 174 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 11 1 CV 55 100 0 Front Number Board Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Front Number Board Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 100 0 Front Number Board Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 101 100 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit O is the initial state of the Automatic Front Number Board Lights Activate Feature 100 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Front Number Board Lights On Feature 101 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 100 and 101 function states to be immediately
223. rakes for a moving locomotive and a Cylinder Cocks Arm or Brake Set Sound in Neutral e You can specify that F7 control any of Outputs 4 8 and 10 11 in addition to or instead of Output 9 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F7 control the following features Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 70 Write bit operation is supported for CV 41 Output 4 Horn Whistle The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F7 Horn Whistle is affected by F7 g q Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire g q The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F7 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F7 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans g q Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F7 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F7 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes g 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up g q Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F7 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F7 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F7 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F7 71 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 72 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off OQ Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Fo
224. ral are unaffected by F9 ads Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F9 Output 13 Number Board Lights Qr Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are unaffected by F9 a Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are affected by F9 Output 14 Cab Lights 0 Cab Lights are unaffected by F9 1 Cab Lights are affected by F9 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 77 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 13 CV 44 Output Location for F10 This CV specifies whether outputs 7 thru 14 are controlled by F10 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F10 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F10 00100000 32 CV 44 Output Location for F10 Register with Factory Default Features Default Value Alternate Horn Heavy Load Squealing Cab Lights Selection Speed Report Disconnect Mut Brakes Air Doppler Dynamic a2 gS Number Board Status Report Standby Total MIG Brakes Start Up Brakes Lights Shut Down Brake Set Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 T e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 12 is a Scale Miles Per Hour smph or Scale Kilometers Per Hour skph Speed Report in F
225. rators and couplers All the Outputs are hardwired to the features meaning you cannot change which feature corresponds to an Output without rewiring the features For Sound Decoders like the first Quantum System only some of the Outputs were hardwired to a particular feature Many of the features require no external wires Examples of these internal features are bells whistles air let offs blower hiss and flange sounds On modern decoders even those features that do require external wires such as lights and smoke generators are not necessarily hardwired to any particular Output Outputs are now virtual and can be connected internally by firmware in the Quantum microprocessor to any physical driver such as a power output for a lamp or a controller for a smoke generator The connection between a virtual output and a physical feature is called a control port or simply port For consistency with NMRA definitions virtual outputs are called simply outputs A virtual output can be connected to more than one port For example the Multiple Automatic Lights 1 virtual output is by default connected to the Headlight Reverse Light and in some models a Mars Light Virtual outputs can be connected to different features depending on the directional state of the locomotive For example Output 8 is assigned to Doppler Shift in Forward and Reverse but is assigned to Locomotive Start Up in Neutral Both of these techn
226. rature value in CV56 32 0 The internal temperature can be read out as part of the F10 status report by setting CV55 178 0 bit 3 to 1 The locomotive s firmware continuously monitors the internal temperature If the internal temperature exceeds 90 degrees Celsius the horn hoots and a high temperature motor shutdown is executed The locomotive stops and the internal temperature is announced every 10 seconds After a high temperature shutdown occurs the locomotive must be powered off before normal operation can resume 138 P y The internal temperature feature is currently only available in G Scale and O Scale locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 224 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 10 CV 56 128 Reset to Factory Default PI 128 Use this CV to reset CV s to factory default values Default Value NA CV 56 128 Reset to Factory Default Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use the Secondary Index to select a range of Cre those CV s outside the range are left unchanged Only those CV s in the selected range will be reset SI Reset Operations 51 Reset CV 51 System Sound Control 52 Reset CV 52 Individual Sounds 53 Reset CV 53 Function Output Mappings 55 Reset CV 55 QSI Feature Configuration 56 Reset CV 56 QSI Configuration 58 Reset CV 58 Odometer 253 Reset all standard NMRA CV s 254 R
227. rd Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F11 Nil Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F11 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Output 12 Speed Report Status Report 0 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F11 ads Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neutral are unaffected by F11 Output 13 Number Board Lights Qr Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are unaffected by F11 a Alternate Horn Selection or Number Board Lights are affected by F11 Output 14 Cab Lights 0 Cab Lights are unaffected by F11 1 Cab Lights are affected by F11 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 81 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 15 CV 46 Output Location for F12 This CV specifies whether outputs 7 thru 14 are controlled by F12 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F12 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F12 Default Value 10000000 128 CV 46 Output Location for F12 Register with Factory Default Features Alternate Horn Heavy Load Squealing Cab Lights Selection SMPH Report Disconnect Mute Brakes Air Doppler Dynamic Number Board Status Report Standby Total Brakes Start Up Brakes Lights Shut Down Brake
228. rd Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F6 4 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F6 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 71 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 10 CV 41 Output Location for F7 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F7 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F7 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F7 Default Value 00100000 32 CV 41 Output Location for F7 Register with Factory Default Features Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mut Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower Po ler Fi Standby Total ug Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans POR Hh Horn Whistle Shut Down Cocks Long Coupler Arm Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default settings for Output 9 are Squealing Brakes plus Air Brakes for a moving locomotive and Cylinder Cocks Arm or a Long Air Let off for a Brake Set in Neutral Therefore by default F7 controls Squealing Brakes or Air B
229. re unaffected by F4 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F4 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F4 sal Dynamic Brakes are affected by F4 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F4 1 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F4 64 Write bit operation is supported for CV 38 65 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 66 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit5 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off OQ Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F4 4 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F4 Bit6 Output 10 Audio Mute 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F4 4 Audio Mute is affected by F4 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F4 4 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F4 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 67 of
230. ress F2 again e Pressing the Horn button will blow the horn whistle only as long as you hold the button down There is no difference in operation between the Bell button and its corresponding function key Pressing F1 and releasing it will cause the bell to come on and stay on until you press F1 again Horns and whistles have start up and shut down effects and a short hoot record for short duration horn whistle blasts Some models have an additional fancy ending playing the horn whistle On these models you can activate the fancy ending by tapping the horn button at the end of the horn blast If your locomotive is equipped with Ditch Lights they will automatically strobe when the horn is being blown and will continue to strobe until five seconds after the horn signal has stopped With Diesel Electric and Gas Turbine models since the prototype horn uses compressed air you will hear Air Pump sounds turn on after the Horn is operated Note If your DCC controller has assigned the Bell to F3 you can reassign your Quantum decoder s F3 to the bell output see CV 37 Remember to reassign the F1 Function to some other output besides 3 see CV 35 1 8 Coupler and Coupler Crash Sounds F3 Key There are two ways to use the F3 key 1 In Forward or Reverse as your locomotive is moving to couple up to a string of cars press F3 to trigger the crashing sound of a locomotive coupling Press F3 again as the locomotive is moving out to produce
231. rmula Deceleration Inertia seconds speed step CV 4 0 896 Number of Speed Steps This inertia is independent of which Number of Speed Steps is in use 14 28 or 128 For the same value of CV 4 it will take the same amount of time to go from full speed to a dead stop for a throttle change from maximum to minimum regardless of the speed step choice The time can vary from a quick response measured in seconds for CV 4 0 to as long as 3 8 minutes 228 seconds for CV 4 255 e The deceleration rate is the inverse of the above formula Deceleration Rate speed steps second Number of speed steps CV 4 0 896 e The acceleration and deceleration rate values in CV 3 and CV 4 will apply if you change the direction of a moving locomotive The locomotive will slow to a stop at a rate set by CV 4 and then accelerate in the opposite direction at a rate set by CV 3 33 This NMRA name is more aptly entitled Inertia under Deceleration since higher values for this CV result in higher inertia values but lower deceleration rates Using the term Momentum to describe CV 3 is not correct since a non moving train has no momentum even if CV 3 is set to the maximum value Inertia is the property of an object that resists any change to its state of rest or motion Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 34 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 5 CV5V High V High defines the voltage drive level applied to the motor at maximum throttle Use CV 5 t
232. rs for Very Slow Speed PI 18 SI 0 2 Default Values CV 56 18 0 Proportional Gain for BEMF lt 7 Bit 7 Depends on Locomotive Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Proportional Gain for very slow speeds for firmware this range is 0 lt BEMF lt CV56 5 5 e Valid values are 0 to 255 CV 56 18 2 Differential Gain for BEMF lt 7 0 lt BEMF lt 7 For Q2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Differential Gain for very slow speeds for 0 lt BEMF lt 7 For Q2 firmware this range is 0 lt BEMF lt CV56 5 5 e Valid values are 0 to 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 216 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 7 2 CV 56 19 SI PID Parameters for Slow Speed PI 19 SI 0 2 Default Values Depends on Locomotive CV 56 19 0 Proportional Gain for 7 lt BEMF lt 54 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Proportional Gain for slow speeds for 7 lt BEMF lt 54 For Q2 firmware this range is CV56 5 5 lt BEMF lt 54 e Valid values are 0 to 255 CV 56 19 2 Differential Gain for 7 lt
233. rward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F9 74 Write bit operation is supported for CV 43 75 Cab Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 3 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 14 see CV 55 138 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 3 76 Alternate Horn is available only on selected models Consult your Model s Operation Manual feature list 77 Number Board Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 2 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 13 see CV 55 137 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 2 78 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 76 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Output 10 Audio Mute OQ Audio Mute is unaffected by F9 4 Audio Mute is affected by F9 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down QO Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F9 Nil Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F9 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Output 12 Speed Report Status Report 0 Speed Report in Forward Reverse and Status Report in Neut
234. rward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F7 4 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F7 Bit6 Output 10 Audio Mute or 0 Audio Mute is unaffected by F7 4 Audio Mute is affected by F7 Bit 7 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down 0 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are unaffected by F7 4 Heavy Load in Forward Reverse and Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down in Neutral are affected by F7 Note Heavy Load has replaced the Cruise Control feature that was available on Lionel HO and early BLI locomotives Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 73 of 257 23 Sept 2008 4 11 CV 42 Output Location for F8 This CV specifies whether outputs 4 thru 11 are controlled by F8 A 1 in a bit location specifies the output is controlled by F8 while a 0 specifies the output is not controlled by F8 01000000 64 CV 42 Output Location for F8 Register with Factory Default Features Default Value Squealing Heavy Load Brakes Flanges Coupler Crash Disconnect Mut Air Brakes Doppler Dynamic Blower c p ler Fi Standby Total ug Cylinder Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans POR Hh Horn Whistle Shut Down Cocks Long Coupler Arm Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Output Output Output O
235. s are available but bell button assigned to F3 see QSI CV 37 example No Service Mode but programming on the main is easy and straightforward Digitrax Yes Yes FO Lights F1 Bell F2 Horn DT300 will operate in Service mode but will not read back value Long address is automated with the DT300 and DT400 throttles which properly writes CVs 18 17 and 29 Click to the 4 digit mode set address and answer yes to the enable 4 digit address prompt It also automatically resets CV 29 if you return to 2 digit address An exception is the obsolete DT100 throttle which will only program Quantum decoders in Ops Mode Use QSI CV 56 129 to program either CV 1 or CV 17 18 Note that the DT100 only programs in hex except for addresses which are in decimal This makes it easy to enter address in Ops mode We have qualified the following Digitrax systems with Quantum decoders all support FO F 12 Super Chief with DT400 Zephyr with DT400 DCS100 with DT400 Chief with DT400 See Digitrax for more information on QSI compatibility at www digitrax com MRC Yes No MRC does not provide a separate programming function All programming is done in Ops mode with no acknowledgement feedback A resistor is included to limit current for a Programming Track which may limit the current below the allowable level for Quantum decoder programming For the Quantum system the resistor may be left out For other decodes the user should foll
236. s on Digitrax Select the Loco s Short Address Usually 3 e Press Loco then 3 then Enter Program On the main the new Long Address e Press PROG until Po and the Loco s address is shown on the LCD e Press right turn knob down until it reads ad4 e Type in desired four digit address and press Enter Loco verbally responds with CV 18 XXXX where XXXX is the four digit address Once the long address is programmed you must enable the locomotive to use it Enable the Long Address e Next press the right turn knob until it reads ad2 000 Scroll with left knob until you get to O29 turn right knob until readout O29 034 press Enter locomotive says CV 29 34 e Press Exit to leave program mode Select Loco with the new Long Address e Press LOCO and enter new long address to run locomotive Returning to the Short Address Select the Loco s Long Address The value you programmed above e Press Loco then the Long Address then Enter Program On the main to Enable the Short Address e Press PROG until Po and the Loco s address is shown on the LCD e Scroll with left knob until you get CV29 scroll with right knob until you get O29 002 press Enter locomotive verbally responds with CV 29 2 e Press Exit to leave program mode Select Loco with the Short Address
237. s the abbreviation for Secondary Index e We use a shorthand notation to simplify description of a CV that is composed of a two dimensional table of values The elements of the table are referred to as CV NN PI SI where NN is the CV number PI is the Primary Index and SI is the Secondary Index For example the CV for output 4 in neutral is written CV 53 4 1 During verbal acknowledgement or during CV Numeric Verbal Readout CV 64 from the locomotive it is spoken out as CV five three point four point one Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 87 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 4 CV 51 PI QSI System Sound Control Use CV 51 to control your Quantum locomotive s System Volume Mute Volume and Special Sound Effects CV51 is implemented as a one dimensional array with CV 49 used as an index to these CV 51 registers 5 4 1 CV 51 0 Operations Mode System Volume PI 0 Use CV 51 0 to change the System Volume Default Value 127 CV 51 0 Ops Mode System Volume Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 V6 V5 V4 V3 V2 V1 vo e Set CV 49 to 0 to specify the Primary Index for Operations Mode System Volume e The System Volume can be set to any value between 0 no sound and 127 100 reserved and should be 0 The default Operations Mode Volume is 127 100 A 0 in this CV will reduce all sound effects to zero volume e The Operations M
238. s to 1 because of a Feature 84 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 85 has precedence over Features 86 and 87 If the Feature 85 function state is 0 the Feature 86 and 87 function states are ignored Feature 87 has precedence over Feature 86 If the Feature 87 function state is 1 the Feature 86 function state is ignored If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 142 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 1 CV 55 84 0 Ditch Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Ditch Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 84 0 Ditch Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Feature Feature Feature Feature with Horn 87 86 85 84 Function Function Function Function State State State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Ditch Lights Activate Feature 84 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Ditch Lights On Feature 85 function e Bit 2 is the initial state of the Ditch Lights Dim Feature 86 function e Bit 3 is the initial state of the Ditch Lights Strobe Feature 87 function e If bit 4 1 under explicit control the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if
239. scseseseseseseesceeeesesesees 100 Function Key Outputs 0 0 cece Individual S ound Identifiers Recommended Command Stations ccccccccsesesesessssceesesesesees 247 Speed CUIVES E E duced 52 Supported CV Siiner nei aii 27 Temperature Internal Temperature Report eeseseseeesseeseseseeeeeeeeeeseseseeeeees Room Temperature CV 56 32 0 Throttle Mode CV 56 4 voce ccc csscsscsecsscscssesscsscssssesseesenes Traction Motor Whine VOIIME 2 0 eh hots se chal ote Li sien cake aha She ttl 97 User Defined Speed Table CV 67 94 cccceeeseseseteeeeees 51 245 User Sound Effect MOWING oz a a At A rere a re ht teks ore Dee aco Verbal Acknowledgement Disable E nable cccccscecseseseeesesesees 239 Verbal Readout cece esses oe Version Number VeHigh GV 5 e E E EEST Volume Individual Sound Volumes CV 52 P I 96 Me a O A ta as he decd Mute Volume GV SL J aaa oaa System Volume CV 51 0 V Star CV 2E ean e aa e a s eaea WANQKOW i scativoseivevibseciubiovevwvasicoeateestcsnevedavansMercddeaeutevavclaesednesauses Water Injector oo eeeseesecesseseteseseseeeeeeees MOWING races het tells thie oils cs a Wheel Diameter CV 56 24 51 WIS EEEa aE coved EE EE S AT A A EEA E T EE hs 23 Sept 2008 Sept 2008 QSIndustries Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A Information in this publication supersedes that in all previous published material The contents and the product it describ
240. se and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F11 4 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F11 Bit2 Output 9 Squealing Brakes and Air Brakes Cylinder Cocks Arm or Long Air Let off 0 Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are unaffected by F11 q Squealing Brakes Air Brakes in Forward Reverse and Cylinder Cocks Arm Long Air Let off are affected by F11 85 Write bit operation is supported for CV 45 86 Cab Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 3 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 14 see CV 55 138 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 3 87 Alternate Horn is available only on selected models Consult your Model s Operation Manual feature list 88 Number Board Lights are usually selected by default in Multiple Lights 2 which is the actual feature assigned to Output 13 see CV 55 137 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 2 89 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 80 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Output 10 Audio MuteError Bookmark not defined OQ Audio Mute is unaffected by F11 4 Audio Mute is affected by F11 Output 11 Heavy Load Disconnect Standby Total Shut Down QO Heavy Load in Forwa
241. se this CV to specify the number of seconds the ditch lights continue to strobe after a horn blast ends Default Value CV 55 84 5 Ditch Lights Strobe Hold Time 5 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Hold Hold Hold Hold Hold Time Time Time Time Time e Default value 00000101 binary 05 hex 5 decimal e Valid values are 0 31 seconds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 148 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 7 CV 55 84 6 Ditch Lights Strobe Period For models with Ditch Lights this CV controls their strobe rate Default Value 100 CV 55 84 6 Ditch Lights Strobe Period Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 2 255 Each unit represents 0 01 second A value of 100 represents 1 00 second If the value of this CV is 0 or 1 a period of 0 02 second is used e The CV value is the time for one complete strobe cycle of both ditch lights to complete e In Ops mode with the Ditch Lights strobing you can observe the strobe rate change as you change the value of CV 55 84 6 13 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 149 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 8 CV 55 84 10 Ditch Lights Dim Intensity For models with dimmable Ditch Lights this CV controls the d
242. select the type of curve you want Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 50 of 257 0 0000000 0 Reverts to User Defined Speed Table CV 67 94 1 00000001 Reverts to User Defined Speed Table CV 67 94 2 000000 1 0 Linear Curve 3 00000011 Fast Start 1 close to linear 4 0000010 0 Fast Start 2 5 0000010 1 Fast Start 3 6 0000011 0 Fast Start 4 7 0000011 1 Fast Start 5 greatest curvature Concave Slow Start Curves 64 0100000 0 Reverts to Linear Curve 65 01000001 Reverts to Linear Curve 66 0100001 0 Linear Curve 67 0100001 1 Slow Start 1 close to linear 68 01000100 Slow Start 2 69 0100010 1 Slow Start 3 70 0100011 0 Slow Start 4 71 0100011 1 Slow Start 5 greatest curvature 23 Sept 2008 3 16 CV 29 Configuration Data Each bit in CV 29 controls some basic operational settings for DCC decoders Default Value 00000110 6 CV 29 Configuration Data Register with NMRA Assigned Features Accessory Reserved for Extended Speed Table Advanced Decoder Power Source FL Locomotive Decoder Future Use Addressing Enable Acknowledgement Conversion Location Direction Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 N A D5 D4 N A D3 D2 D1 e Bit 0 Locomotive Direction 0 normal Forward Direction 1 Reversed Direction This bit controls the locomotive s Forward and Reverse direction With Bit 0 set to 1 the locomotive will move in the Reverse Direction e
243. setting in bit 6 Bits 0 2 set to 010 indicate a linear speed table Bit 3 5 Reserved for future QSI expansion of speed curves Any non zero value entered for these bits will automatically result in a Linear Response regardless of what is entered in other bits Bit 6 Determines if it is convex Fast Start or concave Slow Start curve Bit 7 This bit specifies the mid range Speed Step and is not supported by Quantum decoders Set the value to 0 Either a 1 or a 0 is ignored 0 Fast Start Convex Curve 1 Slow Start Concave Curve The decimal value for each curve from the table below is shown on the above speed graph e Curve Tables in order of value for CV 25 Value of CV Value of CV 25 Bits 7 0 Resulting Speed Table 25 Binary Decimal Convex Fast Start Curves e f any of the Reverts to User Defined Table values are set in CV 25 then the user specified speed table programmed into CV s 67 94 will be enabled e V Start and V High settings will apply to these and all curve tables as described in the sections for CV 2 and CV 5 When selecting a speed table it is recommended that you first select your V Start offset based on a linear curve and enter this value into CV 2 particularly for concave slow start curves where the V Start point may not be obvious Setting V Start for a linear curve will be much more discernible then
244. signed to FO by default FO will now activate or deactivate all the automatic lights You can also set CV 55 137 1 to 0 and CV 55 138 2 to 0 if you wish but unless you have F9 F12 on your controller this should not be necessary Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 198 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 18 CV 55 137 SI Multiple Automatic Lights 2 The Multiple Automatic Lights 2 feature allows you to activate more than one automatic light feature with a single function key Select which lights you want to activate in CV 55 137 0 CV 55 137 2 and assign Feature 137 toa function output in CV 53 By default Feature 137 is assigned to output 13 F11 in CV 53 By default the Multiple Automatic Lights 2 feature controls the automatic Front and Rear Number Board Lights Front and Rear Marker Lights Truck Lights and Step Lights CV 55 137 0 Multiple Automatic Lights 2 Configuration Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Rear OHBL Rear Ditch Rear Mars Reverse Headlight OHBL 92 Ditch Lights Mars Light Light 70 96 Lights 84 Light 76 73 88 80 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal CV 55 137 1 Multiple Automatic Lig Reserved Step Reserved Truck Rear Front Rear Front Lights Lights Marker Marker Number Number 113 109 Lights Lights Board Board 106 104 Lights Lights 102 100 e Default value 11111111 binary FF hex 255
245. t Multiple Automatic Lights 1 controls the automatic Headlight Reverse Light Front and Rear Mars Lights Front and Rear Ditch Lights and Front and Rear Overhead Blinking Lights CV 55 136 0 Multiple Automatic Lights 1 Configuration Byte 0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Rear OHBL Rear Ditch Rear Mars Reverse Headlight OHBL 92 Ditch Lights Mars Light Light 70 96 Lights 84 Light 76 73 88 80 e Default value 11111111 binary FF hex 255 decimal CV 55 136 1 Multiple Automatic Lig hts 1 Configuration Byte 1 Reserved Reserved Step Truck Rear Front Rear Front Lights Lights Marker Marker Number Number 113 109 Lights Lights Board Board 106 104 Lights Lights 102 100 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal CV 55 136 2 Multiple Automatic Lights 1 Configuration Byte 2 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Rear Cab Front Cab Lights Lights 118 116 e Default value 00000000 binary 00 hex 0 decimal Example My DCC controller has limited number of function keys and want to be able to turn all the lights on and off with a single function key FO What can do to accomplish this Solution Set CV 55 136 1 to 255 and set CV 55 136 2 to 255 Since the Multiple Automatic Lights 1 feature is as
246. t 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 92 12 to a value greater than the value of CV55 92 11 e In Ops mode you can observe the Rear OHBL intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 96 12 122 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 173 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 11 CV 55 100 SI Front Number Board Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control front number board lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 100 Automatic Front Number Board Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Front Lights Activate Number Board Lights 101 Front Number Board Lights On Explicitly turn the Front Number Board Lights On Off The front number board lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 100 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The front number board lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the front number board lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 100 1 Feature 100 has precedence ove
247. t 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Scale Internal PWM BEMF Scale Miles Temp MPH e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal e If bit 0 1 the Scale MPHor Scale KPH is announced in FWD REV You can select between SMPH and SKPH in CV56 0 e If bit 1 1 the BEMF is announced in FWD REV The spoken BEMF value is preceded by a spoken B e If bit 2 1 the PWM is announced in FWD REV The spoken PWM value is preceded by a spoken D e If bit 3 1 the Internal Temperature is announced in degrees Celsius The spoken temperature value is followed by the spoken phrase degrees C See CV56 32 0 for temperature calibration information e If bit 4 1 the Odometer distance traveled is announced in scale miles followed by the word miles If you want the distance reported in kilometers set CV56 0 bit 1 to 1 See CV58 1 x for more information on the odometer feature 123 The Internal Temperature feature is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware and with Q2 Quantum Revolution firmware 124 The Odometer feature is currently only available with Q2 O Scale and G Scale firmware and with Q2 Quantum Revolution firmware Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 204 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 CV 56 PI SI QSI Configuration Use CV 56 to access Quantum Configuration settings CV 56 is implemented as a two dimensional
248. t CV 55 70 1 to 10101010 binary AA hex 170 decimal Example 2 How will the headlight behave if set CV 55 70 0 to 00000111 binary 07 hex 7 decimal Answer The automatic headlight is initially activated and the headlight intensity is controlled by the CV 55 70 1 settings If the automatic headlight is deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 71 function state turns the headlight on and the Feature 72 function state makes the headlight dim Example 3 want explicit headlight on off control at all times At startup want the headlight off until turn it on with a function key When the headlight is on it should be bright Solution First set CV 55 70 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic headlight feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign feature 71 to a function output Example 4 Same as example 3 but want to explicitly dim the headlight as well When first turn the headlight on it should be dim Solution First set CV 55 70 0 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Next remove the automatic headlight feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign feature 71 toa function output and feature 72 to a second function output Example 5 want explicit control over whether the headlight is bright or dim but the headlight will always be on On startup the headlight sh
249. t all times At startup want the front marker lights off until turn them on with a function key Solution First set CV 55 104 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic front marker lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 2 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 105 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 185 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 14 CV 55 106 SI Rear Marker Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control rear marker lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 106 Automatic Rear Marker Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Rear Marker Lights 107 Rear Marker Lights On Explicitly turn the Rear Marker Lights On Off The rear marker lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 106 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The rear marker lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the rear marker lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 106 1 Feature 106 has precedence over Feature 107 When the Feature 106 function state is 1 the Feature 107 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 106 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The fron
250. t number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 107 function key presses Feature 107 Intensity Function State 0 Off 1 On Feature 106 has precedence over Feature 107 If the Feature 106 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 106 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 186 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 14 1 CV 55 106 0 Rear Marker Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Marker Lights features Default Value CV 55 106 0 Rear Marker Lights Initial State 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 107 106 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Rear Marker Lights Activate Feature 106 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Marker Lights On Feature 107 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 106 and 107 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 106 and 107 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 187 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 14 2 CV 55 106 1 Automatic R
251. table of registers Some rows of this table have only one register and require the use of CV 49 only Other rows require both CV 49 and CV 50 to select the configuration registers 5 8 1 CV 56 0 QSI System Configuration PI 0 Use this CV to configure the Quantum system Default Value 125 0 CV 56 0 QSI System Configuration Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 0 D5 D4 D3 0 D1 DO Bit0 Sounds on Power Up OQ On power up the locomotive s sound system will turn on only when a valid DCC Ops Mode packet addressed to the locomotive is received 4 On power up the locomotive s sound system will turn on when any valid DCC Ops Mode packet is received Bit 1 Selects between Imperial and Metric Units 0 Selects Imperial Units The locomotive s speed is reported in scale miles per hour smph Under Calibrated Speed Control see CV 56 4 each speed step increment is equal to 1 smph Imperial Units is the default for models of US prototypes 4 Selects Metric Units The locomotive s speed is reported in scale kilometers per hour skph Under Calibrated Speed Control each speed step increment is equal to 1 skph Metric Units is the default for models of non US prototypes Bit 3 Selects BEMF synchronized chuff calibration mode 0 BEMF synchronized chuffs calibration mode Off default 1 BEMF synchr
252. tal Shut Down e Double press F6 in Total Shut Down the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off and begin a full start up procedure Diesel Locomotives The Long Air Let off is followed by the sound of the engineer s door opening and closing Cab Lights turn on Number Boards come on and Directional Lighting turns on Then the Vents open and Fans start up the Diesel Motor or Motors start up the Air Pumps turn on and finally the locomotive enters normal operation Electric Locomotives The Long Air Let off is followed by the sound of the engineer s door opening and closing Cab Lights turn on Number Boards and Marker Lights turn on and Directional Lighting turns on Then the Vents open and Fans start up the Air Pumps turn on and finally the locomotive enters normal operation Steam Locomotives After the Long Air Let off the Dynamo revs up and the Directional Lighting turns on Then Cab Lights turn on followed by the Air Pumps and the Steam Blower turning on and finally the locomotive enters normal operation During the Start Up from Total Shut Down procedure a Quantum locomotive will not respond to any function key However if the throttle is turned up the Start Up procedure abruptly terminates and the locomotive immediately enters normal operation Note Whenever a locomotive receives a Start Up command regardless of whether the locomotive is in a Shut Down stage or operating normally the locomotive will restore all automat
253. tart Up Function Key described below and the F10 Status Key described above Total Shut Down allows you to take a locomotive off line turn off sounds lights ignore throttle and function commands except turn on independent of the operating session that is the locomotive will still be off line when power is reapplied for the next operating session If power is turned off at any stage of Shut Down Disconnect Standby or Total Shut Down or during a Shut Down procedure the locomotive will remember its last Shut Down stage and will power up in that Shut Down stage If Start Up is initiated during any of the above Shut Down procedures Shut Down is aborted and the locomotive returns to normal operation Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 22 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 19 Start Up F6in Neutral If your locomotive is in any of the Shut Down stages you can return your locomotive to normal operation by double pressing the F6 Key Start Up will be different for each stage of Shut Down but always begins with a Long Air Let off and ends by the locomotive entering normal operation Start Up from Disconnect e Double press F6 in Disconnect the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off and enter normal operation Start Up from Standby e Double press F6 in Standby the locomotive will produce a Long Air Let off the Directional Lighting will turn on and then the locomotive will enter normal operation Start Up from To
254. te for directional lighting is activated See CV 55 for further information Note Most steam locomotives use a steam powered generator called a Dynamo to supply electricity to the lights When the lighting system is turned on the brightness of the headlight increases slowly as the steam generator revs up to full power Check your Operation Manual to see if your steam model has a Dynamo Note If your FL key does not predictably affect the Headlight or Reverse Light see the troubleshooting section in the appendices 10 If your locomotive has the Mars Light the Headlight will be off instead of Dim in all states except Forward where it will be Bright 11 Most Quantum 1 and Q1a Reverse Lights cannot be dimmed they only have bright and off settings In these cases Dim is equivalent to Off 12 Cylinder Cocks arming after Start Up and or after 25 seconds in Neutral can be set using CV 51 2 The settings in this CV apply to both Analog and DCC operation Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 14 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 7 Horn Whistle and Bell Buttons F2 Key and F1 Key Some DCC controllers have separate horn whistle and bell buttons in addition to Function Keys assigned to horn whistle and bell operation The bell is usually assigned to F1 and the horn is usually assigned to F2 The F2 key behaves differently than the Horn button e Pressing F2 and releasing it will cause the horn whistle to come on and stay on until you p
255. tecstl set hese coctl cS ban Soci uh ate lol i 9 12 46 98 Reverse Lig htes ch m2 iach eb halls bit halle tors tad EEEE 14 48 103 Automatic Reverse Light 15 101 203 Configuration CV 55 731 ecco cscsccsaseniedsneseeasdaecsensseckecaerss Dim Intensity CV 55 73 10 Dim Reverse Lightissa Initial State CV 55 73 0 essesseeesesesesisisisierereresirrsrsrsrse Max Intensity CV 55 73 12 Reverse Trim CV 95 wwe Rights and Obligations ee eececeseseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees RTC See Regulated Throttle Control oo eee eeseseseeseseseseseeeeeeeeeeeeees RTC Minimum BEMF CV 56 5 RUNG Licey teste horas asec seem stacica tates tte caceteudet AA A SA Scale see also Locomotive Scale Scale Miles per Hour Smph Speedometer Report Secondary Index S1 CV 50 wo eeccceseeeseseesceeseseseee Service Mode uo eeeeesesessseescseseseseseseseeeeees Troubleshooting cccsesesesscseseseseseseseseseeeeseseseeeeeststeteeseseaes Short Address see also Primary Address ccsccesssssseseseseseseseeeeee 32 Short Air LOC Off ces eveccndesssseavereaies Marana sceeavastanstorsnervcsseapace teaeses Software License Agreement Sound of Power cceseeseeeeee Sounds ON Power UP seve cessssessvenscessseezesteccetccidetacecieeesdiesceveaeeseasedtss Special Sound Effects Enable CV 51 2 oo cceesesseseseseseseeseeeees 92 Speed Control see Calibrated S
256. tensity changes in response to Feature 74 and 75 function key presses Neutral from Reverse Dim Feature 75 Feature 74 Intensity Function Function State State X 0 Off 0 1 Bright 1 1 Dim If the Feature 73 function state changes to 1 because of a Feature 73 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Feature 74 has precedence over Feature 75 If the Feature 74 function state is 0 the Feature 75 function state is ignored If the reverse light cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 112 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 4 1 Default Value 1 CV 55 73 0 Reverse Light Initial State CV 55 73 0 Reverse Light Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Reverse Light features Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature Feature 75 74 73 Function Function Function State State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Reverse Light Activate Feature 73 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Reverse Light On Feature 74 function e Bit 2 is the initial state of the Reverse Light Dim Feature 75 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the
257. the locomotive s speed varies depending on the load The locomotive may easily stall at low speeds from minor gear binding turnouts and curves Calibrated Speed Control CSC Under CSC the power applied to the motor is varied to maintain constant speed regardless of varying load conditions The throttle setting using 128 speed steps specifies the locomotive s speed in 1 smph scale miles per hour increments If your throttle is set at 35 the locomotive tries to maintain 35 smph on level track up hill and down hill If locomotives in a consist differ even slightly in speed calibration some of the locomotives do all the work while the other locomotives are dragged along Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control BEMFSC Under BEMFSC each speed step corresponds to a target BEMF value The locomotive adjusts the power applied to the motor so that the locomotive s measured BEMF matches the target BEMF Regulated Throttle Control RTC RTC combines the best of STC and Speed Control It is the preferred method when multiple heading Quantum locomotives together because it automatically equalizes power between locomotives Like Speed Control RTC allows you to run your locomotive at very slow speeds without concern that it will abruptly stop from minor impediments such as misaligned track joints tight curves or rough switches RTC operates your locomotive as though it has huge mass your locomotive will resist changes in speed once it is moving and
258. the locomotive would only go up to 126 smpnh If the Scale Factor were set to 2 0 then the top speed of 200 smph would be obtained at speed steps 101 and above e The advantage of a Scale Factor of 1 0 is that you easily know the locomotive s speed if you have a command station that displays the current speed step e The Scale Factor can also be used to increase the accuracy of locomotive s speed For example if your locomotive runs at 34 smph when it should run at 35 smph you could increase the scale factor slightly to 35 34 64 66 e Adjusting the Scale Factor when trying to match locomotives in Consists when all are operating under CSC is another possibility e This CV has no effect under Standard Throttle Control Regulated Throttle Control or Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 213 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 6 CV 56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor PI 12 Use this CV to adjust the time between BEMF synchronized chuffs Default Value 32 CV 56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e This byte specifies a scale factor used to determine the amount of time between BEMF synchronized chuffs This is inversely related to the chuff rate or the number of chuffs per wheel revolution the larger the scale factor more time between chuffs the slower the ch
259. the same sound as the slack is taken up in the cars 2 Press F3 in Neutral to produce uncoupling sounds as you disconnect cars over uncoupler magnets Press F3 once to produce the sound of the lift bar and coupling pin being raised This first press also arms the uncoupling sound effect Press F3 again while moving or in Neutral to produce the sound of the coupler knuckle opening and the air lines parting If you armed the Coupler in Neutral and your locomotive is now in Forward or Reverse pressing F3 produces the sound of the coupler opening Thereafter as the locomotive continues in Forward or Reverse pressing F3 will produce coupler crash sounds 13 The hold time for strobing Ditch Lights after the horn button is released can be setin CV 55 84 5 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 15 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 9 Sound of Power If CV 3 or CV 23 and CV 4 or CV 24 has been set to non zero positive values your locomotive will produce additional labored engine sounds under acceleration and lighter engine sounds under deceleration The level of labored sounds is proportional to the values for these four CV s and how much the throttle is increased or decreased Laboring is different for the three primary types of locomotives Diesel Motor RPM Quantum has all eight diesel motor throttle notches found on prototype locomotives As you increase the throttle you will hear the RPM s increase for every increase in ten speed steps at 1
260. the Long Address sequence Returning to the Short Address Select the Loco s Long Address The value you programmed above e Press Loco then enter the Loco s Long Address The value you programmed above then press Enter Program On the main to Enable the Short Address e Press the Program button Display reads Program on Main e Press ENTER e Display shows current Long Address I D on the display Press Enter Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 243 of 257 23 Sept 2008 e Press 3 for Configuration Display shows ENTER NORM 1 REV e Progress through each variable until you reach ADDRESS e Press ENTER for SHORT address This enables using the short address e Leave Ops Mode Programming by pressing the red Emergency Stop button e Select locomotives short address and operate The above procedure was evaluated with an upgraded NCE POWER PRO series of DCC command stations If the above procedure does not work properly contact NCE to see if they can upgrade your software 144 NCE Software Version 1 3 December 21 2004 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 244 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Appendix Ill DCC Troubleshooting Operations Mode My headlight does come on when start my locomotive but mysteriously goes off whenever blow the horn or turn on the bell Also if try to turn off the headlight it sometimes requires two pressings for the FO o
261. the ditch lights are already strobing no change in Ditch Lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows Bit 4 is applied even if the Feature 85 function state is 0 but is ignored if the Feature 84 function state is 1 e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 84 85 86 and 87 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 84 85 86 and 87 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 143 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 7 2 Default Value 6 CV 55 84 1 Automatic Ditch Lights FWD Configuration CV 55 84 1 Automatic Ditch Lights FWD Configuration Use this CV to configure how the Automatic Ditch Lights behave when the locomotive is in forward Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Strobe Intensity Intensity with Horn e Default value 00000110 binary 06 hex 6 decimal bright strobe with horn e Bits 0 and 1 specify the ditch lights intensity Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Strobe e If bit 2 1 the ditch lights strobe when the horn blows Note that if the Intensity Strobe no change in ditch lights behavior will be observed when the horn blows If the ditch lights cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 P
262. the value of CV55 76 13 In Ops mode with the Mars Light bright or strobing you can observe the Mars Light intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 76 12 107 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 127 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 10 CV 55 76 13 Mars Light Mid Intensity For models with a Mars Light this CV controls the brightness of the secondary strobe pulse Default Value Bit 7 CV 55 76 13 Mars Lig Bit 6 32 ht Mid Intensity Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright For best results set CV55 76 13 to a value greater than the value of CV55 76 11 and less than the value of CV55 76 12 In Ops mode with the Mars Light strobing you can observe the intensity of the secondary strobe pulse change as you change the value of CV 55 76 13 108 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 128 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 5 11 CV 55 76 SI Mars Light Examples Example 1 want the automatic mars light to be bright not strobing in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD Solution Set CV 55 76 1 4 to 00000010 binary 02 hex 2 decimal Example 2 Ho
263. throttle position Default Value CV 56 4 QSI Throttle Mode Register 1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 D1 DO e Set data in bits 0 and 1 as follows 0 Standard Throttle Control STC 4 Regulated Throttle Control RTC 2 Load Compensated BEMF Speed Control BEMFSC 3 Calibrated Speed Control CSC e All other bits are reserved and should be set to 0 e Default is 1 Regulated Throttle Control Standard Throttle Control STC is the common way to control the power delivered to a locomotive s motor Under STC the throttle setting speed step explicitly determines the percentage of full power applied to the motor as specified in a speed table Because the power applied to the motor is constant for a given throttle setting the speed of the locomotive will change under load such as climbing grades pulling a heavy train binding wheels or gears and poor track conditions In addition the speed of the locomotive will vary as a result of changes in track voltage caused by power pack resistance track resistance inconsistent or intermittent pickups and changes in motor load current Calibrated Speed Control CSC uses internal motor control electronics to vary the power applied to the motor in an attempt to maintain the same speed regardless of varying load or track voltage conditions
264. tion J oiner Insulator When switch 2 SW 2 is open the DCC signal is half wave rectified by diodes D1 or D2 to produce a positive DC signal to the DC section when Switch 1 is at position A or a negative DC signal when Switch 1 is at position B If Switch 2 is closed the DCC signal is connected directly to the DC section and D1 and D2 have no effect on applying DC power to the DC section Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 249 of 257 23 Sept 2008 If DC power conversion is enabled in CV 29 bit 2 1 and SW 2 is open the polarity on the DC section can be used to stop the Quantum equipped locomotive or let it precede depending on the position of SW 1 If the locomotive is entering the DC section from the right and SW 1 is set to A the locomotive will continue at its current speed setting through the DC section The locomotive of course will not respond to DCC signals until it leaves the DC section and reenters the DCC powered section at the far left On the other hand if SW 1 is set to B the polarity on the DC section is opposite the locomotive s direction and the locomotive will slow to a stop at its DCC momentum setting If the polarity is reversed again to be consistent with the locomotive s direction the locomotive will accelerate at its current DCC momentum setting to leave the DC section Alternately SW 2 could have been closed to cause DCC signals to be applied to the stopped locomotive which would also have caused the l
265. tion byte to control Proportional Gain for high speeds for 108 lt BEMF e Valid values are 0 to 255 CV 56 21 2 Differential Gain for 108 lt BEMF Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Use this configuration byte to control Differential Gain for high speeds for 108 lt BEMF e Valid values are 0 to 255 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 219 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 7 5 Setting PID Parameters for Quantum Equipped Model Locomotives e Make sure your locomotive is in the best possible mechanical condition RTC can improve the operation of a well tuned locomotive but it cannot compensate for locomotives that have serious mechanical problems Set CV 56 4 to 0 to select Standard Throttle Control and operate your model at slow speed over a level piece of straight track at the minimum sustainable speed Note any gear bind or catching If the locomotive always slows down at the same wheel position you may need to make mechanical adjustments With a steam locomotive look for any mechanical problems with the valve gear Lubricate all moving joints with appropriate non corrosive oil and lube the gearbox Check your electrical pickups and clean the wheels to ensure consistent power to the motor e Make sure your test conditions are consistent e Ifyou are using a test track or a different layout to set PID parameters set the DCC track voltage to match the la
266. tion key Solution First set CV 55 102 0 to 0 Next remove the automatic rear number board lights feature from multiple automatic lights 2 by setting CV 55 137 1 bit 0 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 103 to a function output Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 181 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 13 CV 55 104 SI Front Marker Lights Two features can be assigned to function keys to control front marker lights operation Feature Feature Name Use ID 104 Automatic Front Marker Lights Activate Activate Deactivate Automatic Control of the Front Marker Lights 105 Front Marker Lights On Explicitly turn the Front Marker Lights On Off The front marker lights intensity Off On can be controlled automatically or explicitly Automatic Control When the Feature 104 function state is 1 automatic control is activated The front marker lights intensity changes automatically in response to changes to the locomotive s motive state The default rules for automatic control are simple the front marker lights are on regardless of the locomotive s motive state The automatic control can be configured in CV 55 104 1 Feature 104 has precedence over Feature 105 When the Feature 104 function state is 1 the Feature 105 function state is ignored Explicit Control When the Feature 104 function state is 0 automatic control is deactivated The front number board lights intensity changes in response to Feature 105 function k
267. tional Lighting 0 The Directional Lighting System is unaffected by FL r 4 The Directional Lighting System is affected by FL r Bit 2 Output 3 Bell Q The Bell is unaffected by FL r 4 The Bell is affected by FL r Bit 3 Output 4 Horn Whistle o The Horn Whistle is unaffected by FL r 4 Horn Whistle is affected by FL r 52 Write bit operation is supported for CV 34 53 The lights used in Directional Lighting are selected in Multiple Lights 1 which is the actual feature assigned to Outputs 1 and 2 see CV55 136 Depending on your model different lights may be selected for Multiple Lights 1 54 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 58 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit 4 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire OQ The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by FL r 4 The Coupler Sounds are affected by FL r Bit5 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans OQ Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by FL r 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by FL r Bit6 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by FL r mali Dynamic Brakes are affected by FL r Bit 7 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by FL r ir Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by FL r
268. tives and to match the locomotive s Reverse speed characteristics e The multiplying scale factor is n 128 where n the Forward Trim Factor can be any number entered into CV 66 from 0 to 255 If n 128 then multiplying scale factor is 1 resulting in no change to the speed curve e f Forward Trim Factor is 0 then Forward Trim is not implemented e f Forward Trim Factor is between 1 and 128 than the voltage applied to the motor is decreased by a multiplying factor that varies from 00775 to 99225 e f Forward Trim Factor is between 130 and 255 than the voltage applied to the motor is increased by a multiplying factor that varies from 1 0078 to 1 977 e CV 66 only applies if the speed tables are activated in CV 29 by setting bit 4 1 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 237 of 257 23 Sept 2008 6 2 CV 67 94 User Defined Speed Table Use CV s 67 94 to specify a custom speed table that is suitable for your locomotive CV 67 94 User Defined Speed Registers Bit 7 MSB Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 LSB D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The speed table consists of 28 data points for each of 28 speed steps A value of 255 means full voltage applied to the motor while a value of O means no additional voltage applied to the motor over the V Start voltage CV 2 e If you select 14 speed steps every other data value is used If you select 128 speed steps extra points will b
269. to 0 selects the alternate Horn Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 20 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 18 Three Stages of Shut Down Disconnect Standby and Total Shut Down F9 in Neutral Locomotive Shut Down has three distinct stages each entered by double clicking or double pressing the F9 Key Stage One Disconnect 1 In Neutral double press F9 to enter Disconnect You will hear a Long Air Let off which represents the pneumatic reverse lever on a Steam locomotive being placed in the Neutral position or the Diesel transition level being placed in the off or disconnect position Your locomotive s motor drive is disconnected 2 To leave Disconnect either double press the F6 Start Up key as described in the Start Up section or double press F9 again to reach the next stage of Shut Down Standby A locomotive in Disconnect continues to respond to all function keys For a Diesel locomotive in Disconnect if the throttle is increased or decreased the motor sounds will rev up and down but the locomotive will not move If the Dynamic Brakes are activated the motors sounds will be labored under Sound of Power control as the throttle is increased and decreased Prototype Diesel Motor Generator power output is often tested under Dynamic Brake load in disconnect For an Electric locomotive in Disconnect there is no action or sound associated with moving the throttle up and down and no affect from having the Dynamic Brakes activated For a
270. trols its dim intensity Default Value Depends on Locomotive CV 55 70 10 Headlight Dim Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e The default value is dependent on the model e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Headlight dimmed you can observe the Headlight intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 70 10 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 109 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 3 4 CV 55 70 12 Headlight Max Intensity For models with a 256 intensity level Headlight this CV controls its intensity when it s state is bright Default Value 255 CV 55 70 12 Headlight Max Intensity Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e Valid values are 0 255 0 being least intense off and 255 being most intense bright e In Ops mode with the Headlight state bright you can observe the Headlight intensity change as you change the value of CV 55 70 12 103 This CV is currently supported only by Q2 firmware for the Quantum Revolution Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 110 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 3 5 CV 55 70 SI Headlight Examples Example 1 want the automatic headlight to be bright in all four motive states NFF REV and NFR as well as FWD Solution Se
271. uff rate fewer chuffs per wheel revolution The content of this CV is interpreted as X 32 which means a CV value of 32 is equivalent to a scale factor of 1 0 e Some examples of different scale factors are CV 56 12 Scale Factor Chuffs Per Wheel Revolution 32 0x20 1 0 4 43 0x2B 1 3 3 64 0x40 2 0 2 128 0x80 4 0 1 e To calculate the scale factor for a desired number of chuffs per wheel revolution use the formula Scale Factor 4 N 32 where N is the number of chuffs per revolution e Use this scale factor to fine tune the chuff rate For example if your locomotive chuffs a little slower than four per revolution you can decrease the scale factor to 31 0 97 to slightly increase the number of chuffs per revolution Or if your locomotive chuffs a little faster than four per revolution you can increase the scale factor to 33 1 03 to slightly decrease the number of chuffs per revolution If your locomotive supports CV56 13 use CV56 13 instead of this CV for fine tuning the chuff rate Note We recommend that you set the chuff rate at some speed value greater than 2 smph 134 All QSI equipped steam locomotives since 1 J uly 04 support CV 56 12 Chuff Interval Scale Factor and it is available on all version 6 software which includes all Life Like and the BLIPRR K4 C amp O Texas and all following models Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 214 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 8 6 CV 56 13 Chuff
272. umber of Speed Steps e The purpose of CV 23 is to allow the operator to simulate differing train lengths loads most often when operating in Consists It can however apply to single locomotives as well Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 47 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 14 CV 24 Deceleration Adjustment Increases or decreases the Deceleration from the base Deceleration Rate in CV 4 Default Value 0 CV 24 Deceleration Adjustment Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Sign D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO e CV 24 can have any value from 127 to 127 where positive values will increase the deceleration time and negative values will decrease the deceleration time A positive value is indicated by a 0 in bit 7 while a 1 indicates a negative value e A positive value of CV 24 adds directly to the value of CV 4 by the formula below Seconds speed step CV 4 CV 24 0 896 Number of Speed Steps e The purpose of CV 24 is to allow the operator to simulate differing train lengths loads most often when operating in Consists It can however apply to single locomotives as well Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 48 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 15 CV 25 Quantum Speed Table Selection Use this CV to select of one of 11 predefined speed curves Default Value 2 CV 25 Quantum Speed Table Selection Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0
273. unction e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Cab Lights On Feature 119 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 118 and 119 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 118 and 119 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 195 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 16 2 CV 55 118 1 Automatic Rear Cab Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Rear Cab Lights behavior Default Value 68 CV 55 118 1 Automatic Rear Cab Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On Reserved 1 On e Default value 01000100 binary 44 hex 68 decimal On in NFF and NFR e If bit 0 1 the rear cab lights are on in FWD e If bit 2 1 the rear cab lights are on in NFF If the rear cab lights were already on in FWD they remain on in NFF If they were off in FWD they come on after 10 seconds e If bit 4 1 the rear cab lights are on in REV e If bit 1 the rear cab lights are on in NFR If the rear cab lights were already on in REV they remain on in NFR If they were off in REV they come on after 10 seconds Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 196 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 16 3 CV 55 118 SI R
274. unction e Bit 2 is the initial state of the Headlight Dim Feature 72 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 70 71 and 72 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 70 71 and 72 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 107 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 3 2 CV 55 70 1 Automatic Headlight Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Headlight behavior Default Value 86 CV 55 70 1 Automatic Headlight Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity Intensity e Default value 01010110 binary 56 hex 86 decimal e Bits 0 1 specify the headlight intensity in FWD bits 2 3 the intensity in NFF bits 4 5 the intensity in REV and bits 6 7 the intensity in NFR Bit 1 Bit 0 Intensity Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 7 Bit 6 0 0 Off 0 1 Dim 1 0 Bright 1 1 Reserved e The default settings specify the following behavior FWD NFF REV NFR Bright Dim Dim Dim If the headlight cannot be dimmed then Dim Off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 108 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 3 3 CV 55 70 10 Headlight Dim Intensity For models with a dimmable Headlight this CV con
275. urce Conversion CV 29 bit 2 and Packet time out Value are enabled Power Source Conversion takes precedence since it will always have the shorter time out period 35 Twenty seconds is the maximum time specified in NMRA Recommended Practice RP 9 2 4 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 39 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 9 CV 17 18 Extended Address CV 17 and CV 18 together provide a larger 14 bit range for locomotive ID numbers from 0 to 10 239 CV 17 Default Value 0 CV 18 Default Value 0 CV 17 Extended Address Most Significant Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 1 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 CV 18 Extended Address Least Significant Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 e Use CV 17 and CV 18 to assign your locomotive one of 10 240 addresses from 0 to 10 239 although most Command Stations will only allow entering ID s up to 9 999 You can assign your locomotive an address that is identical to the locomotive s cab number which rarely exceed four digits e Your locomotive can have both a Primary Address CV 1 and an Extended Address There is overlap in the Primary Address and Extended Address range 1 127 so that a locomotive can have the same number for its Primary Address as it has for its Extended Address For example a locomotive can have Primary Address 53 an
276. ure 103 function key press or a start up operation automatic control is re activated Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 178 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 12 1 CV 55 102 0 Rear Number Board Lights Initial State Use this CV to specify the startup state function states for the Rear Number Board Lights features Default Value 1 CV 55 102 0 Rear Number Board Lights Initial State Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Feature Feature 103 102 Function Function State State e Default value 00000001 binary 01 hex 1 decimal Automatic Control Activated e Bit Ois the initial state of the Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Activate Feature 102 function e Bit 1 is the initial state of the Rear Number Board Lights On Feature 103 function e A write to this CV in operations mode causes the Feature 102 and 103 function states to be immediately set to the new values e A start up operation causes the Feature 102 and 103 function states to be set to the values in this CV Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 179 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 7 12 2 CV 55 102 1 Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Configuration Use this CV to configure the Automatic Rear Number Board Lights behavior Default Value 85 CV 55 102 1 Automatic Rear Number Board Lights Configuration NFR REV NFF FWD
277. ut Output Output Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 T 6 5 4 The Output 4 means that bit 0 specifies whether Output 4 is controlled by Function Key 6 Gray background for an Output bit means that it is the default setting Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 29 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 30 of 257 23 Sept 2008 3 CV s 1 29 NMRA Standard CV s This section describes in detail NMRA standard CV s supported by Quantum locomotives 3 1 CV 1 Primary Address Control Programs the Short or Primary Address from 1 to 127 decimal Default Value 3 CV 1 Primary Address Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 e Any attempt to set this CV to any value outside the range of 1 to 127 will be ignored and the previous address in this register will remain e The Primary Address can be set either in Service Mode or Operations Mode Remember to change bit 5 of CV 29 to 0 to enable the Primary Address Note Some Command Stations will not operate Quantum Systems in Service Mode due to insufficient power output or timing problems Check the appendices for a listing of recommended command stations If you cannot operate in Service Mode use Ops Mode programming If your command station will not allow setting ID numbers in Ops Mode use QSI CV 56 129 Quantum DCC
278. ut 14 Cab Lights 0 Cab Lights are unaffected by F12 1 Cab Lights are affected by F12 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 83 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 CV s 49 64 QSI Unique CV s 5 1 Overview Many of the available CV s have been reserved by the NMRA to provide standardized and compatible operation by all manufacturers with each other s products These standard CV s relate to operations that are common to all DCC products such as ID numbers speed steps and acceleration and deceleration rates Many model railroad products today and a much larger number in the future require manufacturer unique CV s to configure their product s special features The command structure and protocols for changing and retrieving manufacturer unique CV values are standardized through the NMRA but the individual manufacturers specify the meaning of the CV values The NMRA has provided a number of CV s for manufacturers to use in configuring their own products CV s 49 through 64 and CV s 112 128 Instead of filling up the available manufacturer unique CV s in a linear or chronological order QSI uses an indexing system which organizes these CV s in a meaningful way Two of the available manufacturer unique CV s are used as indices to expand some of the remaining CV s into 256 register one dimensional tables or into 256x256 register two dimensional tables CV 49 is the Primary Index PI and is used for accessing up to 256 reg
279. utput Output Output Output Output 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 e QSl has pre assigned default features to each output but any feature can be assigned to any output in CV 53 In CV 53 the default setting for Output 10 is Audio Mute Therefore by default F8 controls Audio Mute e You can specify that F8 control any of Outputs 4 9 and 11 in addition to or instead of Output 10 e Assuming the default CV 53 settings shown in the top row you can specify that F8 control the following features Bit0 Output 4 Horn Whistle 0 The Horn Whistle is unaffected by F8 4 Horn Whistle is affected by F8 Bit1 Output 5 Coupler Crash Coupler Arm Coupler Fire p The Coupler Sounds are unaffected by F8 4 The Coupler Sounds are affected by F8 Bit 2 Output 6 Steam Locomotive Blower Hiss or Diesel or Electric Loco Vents and Fans 0 Blower Hiss Fans are unaffected by F8 4 Blower Hiss Fans are affected by F8 Bit3 Output 7 Dynamic Brakes 0 Dynamic Brakes are unaffected by F8 4 Dynamic Brakes are affected by F8 Bit 4 Output 8 Doppler Start Up 0 Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are unaffected by F8 q Doppler shift in Forward Reverse and Start up in Neutral are affected by F8 72 Write bit operation is supported for CV 42 73 Features that are different in the Neutral state are shown in parentheses Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 74 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Bit5 Output
280. ven though the Command Station indicates a Forward Direction Directional sensitive functions such as FL f and FL r will also be reversed to be consistent with the locomotive s Reversed Direction e Bit 1 Speed Steps and FL Location 0 Bit 4 sets 14 Speed Step Mode 1 Bit 4 sets 28 and 128 Speed Step Mode In 14 Speed Step Operation the speed and direction instruction is in one byte of transmitted data that tells the locomotive what direction to go what speed to travel and whether FL should be 0 or 1 For 28 speed step operation the bit used for FLis instead used to double the number of speed steps so that the light state must be transmitted in a Function Group 1 instruction Similarly when using 128 speed step mode bit 1 of CV 29 must be set to 1 e Bit 2 Power Source Conversion 0 Power Source Conversion disabled 1 Power Source Conversion enabled If CV 29 bit 2 is 1 and a period of approximately 200mSec elapses in which no DCC packet is detected then the locomotive will convert to Analog power If the polarity of the track would result in the locomotive moving in the same direction that it was last moving in DCC mode then the locomotive will continue to move at the speed corresponding to the last received speed step packet The usual FWD REV locomotive sound will be heard If the polarity of the track would result in the locomotive moving the opposite direction
281. version number and the third is the build number e g seven point one point five means Major Version 7 Minor Version 1 Build Number 5 2 Play Firmware Build Date This is the date the software was created You will hear three sets of numbers each separated by a pause The first number set is the month followed by the day of the month followed by the year e g six pause one five pause zero two means June 15 2002 Play Hardware Profile number Play Sound Set number This number identifies variations on the sounds programmed into the software for a model The original firmware for a model has Sound Set number 0 5 Play Firmware Last Modified Date This is the date the software was modified by a program such as Q2Upgrade You will hear three sets of numbers each separated by a pause The first number set is the month followed by the day of the month followed by the year e g six pause one five pause zero two means June 15 2002 e Any value other than 0 5 will be ignored and there will be no verbal output Note While the Build Information is playing all incoming DCC packets are ignored so wait until the locomotive stops speaking before writing another CV Example Play Firmware Version 7 Write 255 to CV 49 8 Write 1 to CV 56 9 Hear Version spoken out for Major Version 7 Minor Version 1 Build Number 6 you would hear seven point one point si
282. vert the quotient to binary add the two leading 1 s for bits A14 and A15 and write the result to CV 17 Convert the remainder to binary and write this number to CV 18 36 The default for CV 17 is actually 192 which is an artifact of how these ID numbers are specified by the NRMA where 192 is added to the MSB Most Significant Byte of the address you want to enter If you have a modern Command Station that programs your ID numbers directly you will enter your ID number equal to the Extended Address you intend to use however if you program the extended address CV directly a zero address must be entered as 192 See example in this section on directly programming CV 17 and CV 18 Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 40 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Example1 Decimal Entry Program CV 17 and CV 18 to Extended Address 5343 Divide 5343 by 256 to get 20 as quotient and 223 as remainder Note If you use a calculator you will get 20 8711 Note the integer value n 20 which is the quotient Add 192 to this quotient to get 212 and store this value in CV 17 CV 17 n 192 CV 17 20 192 212 Compute the remaining integer value by multiplying 20 by 256 and subtract from the locomotive value to get remainder and store in CV 18 CV 18 Locomotive Number n X 256 CV 18 5343 20 X 256 223 Remember to change CV 29 bit 5 to 1 to allow the Extended Address operation see CV 29 Example2 Binary or Hex Entry Progr
283. w will the mars light behave if set CV 55 76 0 to 00001111 binary OF hex 15 decimal Answer The automatic mars light is initially activated and the mars light intensity is controlled by the CV 55 76 1 settings If the automatic mars light is deactivated for example by pressing FL so that the FL function state is 0 then the Feature 77 function state turns the mars light on and the Feature 79 function state makes the mars light strobe Example 3 want explicit mars light on off control at all times At startup want the mars light off until turn it on with a function key When the mars light is on it should strobe Solution First set CV 55 76 0 to 00001000 binary 08 hex 8 decimal Next remove the automatic mars light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 2 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 77 toa function output Example 4 Same as example 3 but want to explicitly dim and strobe the mars light as well When first turn the mars light on it should be dim Solution First set CV 55 76 0 to 00000100 binary 04 hex 4 decimal Next remove the automatic mars light feature from multiple automatic lights 1 by setting CV 55 136 0 bit 2 to 0 Finally in CV 53 assign Feature 77 toa function output Feature 78 to a second function output and Feature 79 to a third function output Example 5 want to explicitly dim and strobe the mars light but the mars light should be always on On startu
284. wn 1 In Standby double press F9 to enter Total Shut Down You will hear a Long Air Let off followed by the sounds of a shutdown procedure specific to your type of locomotive Diesel Locomotives Low Idle Diesel Motors will return to normal idle sounds Then the Air Pumps will turn off as will the Number Board Lights followed by the sounds of the Cooling Fans shutting off the Louvers closing the Diesel Motor s shutting down Cab Lights shutting off and finally the engineer s door opening and shutting Electric Locomotives The Air Pumps will turn off Cab Lights will turn off followed by the sounds of the Louvers being closed and the engineer s door being opened and shut Steam Locomotives The Air Pumps will turn off followed by the sounds of Pop Off operating for about ten seconds the Cab Lights shutting off and finally the Blower Hiss will die out 2 To leave Total Shut Down double press the F6 key 22 Double clicking ensures that Shut Down stages are not entered or exited accidentally Doubling pressing is defined as two F9 presses within two seconds Note that the F9 key may have to be pressed three times the first time you use it due to the command station and locomotive having different initial states for F9 Pressing a Function Key will only produce a Short Air Let off Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 21 of 257 23 Sept 2008 In Total Shut Down the locomotive will not respond to any function keys except the F6 S
285. wn for Forward Reverse operation in the top row and for Neutral in parenthesis Audio Mute Brake Squeal Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Crash Horn Whistle Bell and Air Brakes Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Arm Cylinder Cocks or long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 38 Write bit operation is supported for CV 21 39 A Mid Helper is any locomotive between the Lead and the last or End helper in a Consist Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 44 of 257 23 Sept 2008 Recommended value of CV 21 for an End Helper Locomotive in a Consist The QSI default features assignments are shown for Forward Reverse operation in the top row and for Neutral in parenthesis Audio Mute Brake Squeal Doppler Dynamic Blower Coupler Crash Horn Whistle Bell and Air Brakes Start Up Brakes Hiss Fans Arm Cylinder Cocks or long Air Let Off Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 3 12 CV 22 Consist Address Active for FL and F9 F12 Sets whether the FL r or FL f keys and F9 F12 keys are enabled when a locomotive is addressed by its Consist ID Default Value 0 CV 22 Consist Address Active for FL and F9 F12 Register Bit 7 0 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 F12 F11 F10 F9 FL r FL f e Ifa O is placed in bits 0 through 5 that functi
286. x Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 229 of 257 23 Sept 2008 5 9 CV 58 1 SI Odometer This CV is used to read back or read out the odometer value It is also used to reset the odometer to 0 Default Value 0 CV 58 1 0 Odometer Byte 0 Least Significant Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO CV 58 1 1 Odometer Byte 1 Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO CV 58 1 2 Odometer Byte 2 Most Significant Byte Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 DO All Q2 locomotives have a BEMF driven on board odometer The average BEMF reading each second is converted to Scale Miles Per Hour SMPH and added to a total stored in long term memory Q2 steam locomotives may be equipped with a Chuff CAM This CAM signals the decoder processor at each of 4 positions of a wheel revolution thus providing 4 chuffs per revolution This CAM can also be used as an on board odometer given that the diameter of the wheel CV56 24 0 1 and the locomotive scale CV56 25 0 1 are known BEMF odometer mode is the default If your locomotive has a Chuff CAM you can select the CAM odometer mode by setting CV56 0 bit 5 to 1 5 9 1 Odometer Reset Reset the odometer to 0 by writing 0 t
287. your locomotive to determine which features apply to your locomotive This document will evolve over time as new information is added to keep it as complete and current as possible Although reading the first section Locomotive Operation in DCC will allow you to begin operating your Quantum locomotive immediately the purpose of this manual is not to teach you how to use DCC We assume that you already have the working knowledge and experience to operate the different DCC features and program CV s If you are just getting started in DCC there are several books listed in the appendices to instruct you in the operation of DCC layouts turnouts accessories programming Configuration Variables CV s etc Quantum DCC Ref Manual Ver 4 4 0 Page 10 of 257 23 Sept 2008 1 Locomotive Operation in DCC 1 1 Getting Started Although DCC operation can be very complex it does not have to be Your Quantum locomotive is factory configured to operate the common and more popular features The following brief instructions will get you up and running quickly To start operating your Quantum equipped locomotive immediately 1 Select locomotive number 3 2 Set your controller to 128 preferred or 28 acceptable speed step range 3 Start your locomotive by turning up the throttle 1 2 Basic Throttle and Direction Control When you turn up the throttle the locomotive starts moving and produces sounds appropriate to its moving state The Hea
288. yout you intend to use for normal operation When we calibrate motor control and throttle CV s at QSI we set our track at 16 volts with only the test locomotive on the track and in Neutral e Use a flat oval of track that is consistently powered in all sections i e Track voltage should be the same at all locations Make sure track does not have misaligned track joints or turnouts that can slow the locomotive e Reset All CV s e Set Status Report F10 to both smph and BEMF set CV 55 178 0 to 3 Speed will be announced first followed by the BEMF value The BEMF report will be preceded by B to distinguish it from the speed report e Set minimum BEMF to 3 set CV 56 5 to 3 This CV specifies the slowest speed the locomotive will travel in RTC e Set CV 56 4 to 0 to select STC e While in STC with the throttle set to speed step 8 126 speed step range increase CV 2 until locomotive moves and then decrease CV 2 until locomotive stops This will ensure that the low end speed on your model is not being affected by CV 2 during the PID setting procedure This will likely be the value of CV 2 you will retain in your model after you have set all your PID parameters e Set CV 56 4 to 1 to select RTC and adjust PID parameters 1 Very Slow Speed PID s Set your locomotive to Speed Step 1 Change CV 56 18 0 and CV 56 18 2 to achieve optimal performance 2 Slow Speed PID s Increase your throttle until the Status Report

Quantum Q1a and Q2 DCC Reference Manual Ver. 4.4.0

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents